]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
* doc/tar.texi (Option Summary): Rewrite the
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
65
66 @page
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
68 @insertcopying
69 @end titlepage
70
71 @ifnottex
72 @node Top
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
74
75 @insertcopying
76
77 @cindex file archival
78 @cindex archiving files
79
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
82 @end ifnottex
83
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
86
87 @menu
88 * Introduction::
89 * Tutorial::
90 * tar invocation::
91 * operations::
92 * Backups::
93 * Choosing::
94 * Date input formats::
95 * Formats::
96 * Media::
97
98 Appendices
99
100 * Genfile::
101 * Snapshot Files::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
104 * Index::
105
106 @detailmenu
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
108
109 Introduction
110
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * failing commands::
155
156 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
157
158 * Synopsis::
159 * using tar options::
160 * Styles::
161 * All Options::
162 * help::
163 * verbose::
164 * interactive::
165
166 The Three Option Styles
167
168 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
169 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
170 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
171 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
172
173 All @command{tar} Options
174
175 * Operation Summary::
176 * Option Summary::
177 * Short Option Summary::
178
179 @GNUTAR{} Operations
180
181 * Basic tar::
182 * Advanced tar::
183 * create options::
184 * extract options::
185 * backup::
186 * Applications::
187 * looking ahead::
188
189 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
190
191 * Operations::
192 * append::
193 * update::
194 * concatenate::
195 * delete::
196 * compare::
197
198 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
199
200 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
201 * multiple::
202
203 Updating an Archive
204
205 * how to update::
206
207 Options Used by @option{--create}
208
209 * Ignore Failed Read::
210
211 Options Used by @option{--extract}
212
213 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
214 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
215 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
216
217 Options to Help Read Archives
218
219 * read full records::
220 * Ignore Zeros::
221
222 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
223
224 * Dealing with Old Files::
225 * Overwrite Old Files::
226 * Keep Old Files::
227 * Keep Newer Files::
228 * Unlink First::
229 * Recursive Unlink::
230 * Data Modification Times::
231 * Setting Access Permissions::
232 * Writing to Standard Output::
233 * remove files::
234
235 Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 * Starting File::
238 * Same Order::
239
240 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
241
242 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
243 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
248
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
253 * User Hooks::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
255
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
257
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
262 * Wildcards::
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
266
267 Reading Names from a File
268
269 * nul::
270
271 Excluding Some Files
272
273 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
275
276 Crossing File System Boundaries
277
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
280
281 Date input formats
282
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
292
293 Controlling the Archive Format
294
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
301
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
303
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
310
311 Using Less Space through Compression
312
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
315
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
317
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
325 * verify::
326 * Write Protection::
327
328 Blocking
329
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
332
333 Many Archives on One Tape
334
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
337
338 Using Multiple Tapes
339
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
343
344 GNU tar internals and development
345
346 * Genfile::
347 * Snapshot Files::
348
349 Copying This Manual
350
351 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
352
353 @end detailmenu
354 @end menu
355
356 @node Introduction
357 @chapter Introduction
358
359 @GNUTAR{} creates
360 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
361 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
362 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
363 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
364 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
365
366 @menu
367 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
368 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
369 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
370 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
371 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
372 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
373 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
374 @end menu
375
376 @node Book Contents
377 @section What this Book Contains
378
379 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
380 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
381 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
382 or comments.
383
384 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
385 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
386 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
387 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
388 progressive order, building on information already explained.
389
390 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
391 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
392 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
393 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
394 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
395 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
396 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
397 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
398 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
399 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
400
401 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
402 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
403
404 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
405 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
406 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
407 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
408 about a specific topic.
409
410 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
411 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
412 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
413 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
414
415 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
416 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
417 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
418 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
419 indicate this.)
420
421 @node Definitions
422 @section Some Definitions
423
424 @cindex archive
425 @cindex tar archive
426 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
427 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
428 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
429 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
430 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
431 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
432 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
433 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
434
435 @cindex member
436 @cindex archive member
437 @cindex file name
438 @cindex member name
439 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
440 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
441 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
442 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
443 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
444 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
445 archive.
446
447 @cindex extraction
448 @cindex unpacking
449 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
450 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
451 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
452 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
453 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
454 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
455 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
456 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
457 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
458 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
459 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
460
461 @node What tar Does
462 @section What @command{tar} Does
463
464 @cindex tar
465 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
466 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
467 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
468 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
469 stored.
470
471 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
472 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
473 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
474 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
475 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
476
477 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
478
479 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
480 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
481
482 @table @asis
483 @item Storage
484 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
485 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
486 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
487 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
488 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
489 unit.
490
491 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
492 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
493 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
494 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
495 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
496 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
497 archives useful.
498
499 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
500 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
501 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
502 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
503 all dimensions, even time!)
504
505 @item Backup
506 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
507 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
508 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
509 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
510 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
511 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
512 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
513 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
514 file system.
515
516 @item Transportation
517 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
518 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
519 files from one system to another.
520 @end table
521
522 @node Naming tar Archives
523 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
524
525 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
526 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
527 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
528 it and to make examples more clear.
529
530 @cindex tar file
531 @cindex entry
532 @cindex tar entry
533 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
534 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
535 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
536 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
537 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
538
539 @node Current status
540 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
541
542 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
543 primary aims are:
544
545 @itemize @bullet
546 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
547 implementations.
548 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
549 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
550 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
551 @end itemize
552
553 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
554 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
555 following issues need special mentioning:
556
557 @table @asis
558 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
559
560 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
561 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
562
563 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
564 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
565 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
566
567 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
568 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
569 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
570
571 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
572 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
573 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
574 of this issue and its implications.
575
576 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
577 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
578
579 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
580
581 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
582 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
583 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
584 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
585 @option{--check-links}.
586
587 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
588
589 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
590
591 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
592
593 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
594 @end table
595
596 @node Authors
597 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
598
599 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
600 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
601 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
602 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
603 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
604 numerous and kind users.
605
606 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
607 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
608 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
609 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
610 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
611
612 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
613 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
614 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
615 i'll think about it.}
616
617 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
618 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
619
620 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
621 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
622 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
623 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
624 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
625 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
626 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
627 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
628 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
629 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
630 thing.}
631
632 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
633 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
634
635 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
636 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
637 active development and maintenance work has started
638 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
639 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
640
641 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
642
643 @node Reports
644 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
645
646 @cindex bug reports
647 @cindex reporting bugs
648 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
649 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
650
651 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
652 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
653 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
654 manual}.
655
656 @node Tutorial
657 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
658
659 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
660 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
661 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
662 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
663 details about how @command{tar} works.
664
665 @menu
666 * assumptions::
667 * stylistic conventions::
668 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
669 * frequent operations::
670 * Two Frequent Options::
671 * create:: How to Create Archives
672 * list:: How to List Archives
673 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
674 * going further::
675 @end menu
676
677 @node assumptions
678 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
679
680 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
681 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
682 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
683 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
684 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
685
686 @itemize @bullet
687 @item
688 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
689 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
690 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
691 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
692 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
693 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
694 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
695 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
696 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
697 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
698 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
699 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
700 else?}
701
702 @item
703 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
704 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
705 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
706 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
707 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
708 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
709 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
710
711 @item
712 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
713 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
714 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
715 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
716 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
717 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
718 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
719 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
720 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
721
722 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
723 @end itemize
724
725 @node stylistic conventions
726 @section Stylistic Conventions
727
728 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
729 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
730 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
731 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
732 sometimes @samp{like this}.
733
734 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
735 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
736
737 @node basic tar options
738 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
739
740 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
741 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
742 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
743 operations, and options.
744
745 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
746 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
747 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
748 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
749 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
750 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
751
752 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
753 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
754 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
755 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
756 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
757 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
758
759 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
760 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
761 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
762 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
763 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
764 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
765 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
766 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
767 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
768 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
769 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
770 @ref{Short Options}.)
771
772 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
773 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
774 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
775 For example, instead of typing
776
777 @smallexample
778 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
779 @end smallexample
780
781 @noindent
782 you can type
783 @smallexample
784 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
785 @end smallexample
786
787 @noindent
788 or even
789 @smallexample
790 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
791 @end smallexample
792
793 @noindent
794 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
795 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
796 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
797
798 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
799 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
800 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
801 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
802 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
803 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
804 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
805
806 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
807 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
808 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
809 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
810 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
811 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
812 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
813 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
814 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
815 intends.
816
817 @node frequent operations
818 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
819
820 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
821 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
822 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
823 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
824
825 @table @option
826 @item --create
827 @itemx -c
828 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
829 @item --list
830 @itemx -t
831 List the contents of an archive.
832 @item --extract
833 @itemx -x
834 Extract one or more members from an archive.
835 @end table
836
837 @node Two Frequent Options
838 @section Two Frequently Used Options
839
840 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
841 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
842 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
843 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
844 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
845 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
846
847 @menu
848 * file tutorial::
849 * verbose tutorial::
850 * help tutorial::
851 @end menu
852
853 @node file tutorial
854 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
855
856 @table @option
857 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
858 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
859 Specify the name of an archive file.
860 @end table
861
862 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
863 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
864 that @command{tar} will work on.
865
866 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
867 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
868 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
869 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
870 look roughly like one of the following:
871
872 @smallexample
873 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
874 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
875 @end smallexample
876
877 @noindent
878 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
879 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
880 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
881 @ref{file}.
882
883 @node verbose tutorial
884 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
885
886 @table @option
887 @item --verbose
888 @itemx -v
889 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
890 @end table
891
892 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
893 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
894 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
895 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
896 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
897 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
898 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
899 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
900 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
901 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
902
903 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
904 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
905 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
906 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
907 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
908 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
909 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
910 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
911
912 @smallexample
913 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
914 @end smallexample
915
916 @noindent
917 above, you might say
918
919 @smallexample
920 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
921 @end smallexample
922
923 @noindent
924 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
925 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
926 twice, like this:
927
928 @smallexample
929 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
930 @end smallexample
931
932 @noindent
933 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
934
935 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
936 --verbose}}.
937
938 @node help tutorial
939 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
940
941 @table @option
942 @item --help
943
944 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
945 all operations and option available for the current version of
946 @command{tar} available on your system.
947 @end table
948
949 @node create
950 @section How to Create Archives
951 @UNREVISED
952
953 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
954 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
955 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
956 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
957 practice on.
958
959 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
960 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
961 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
962 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
963 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
964 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
965 other directories and other archives.
966
967 The three files you will archive in this example are called
968 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
969 @file{collection.tar}.
970
971 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
972 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
973 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
974 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
975 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
976 @command{tar} works.
977
978 @menu
979 * prepare for examples::
980 * Creating the archive::
981 * create verbose::
982 * short create::
983 * create dir::
984 @end menu
985
986 @node prepare for examples
987 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
988
989 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
990 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
991 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
992 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
993 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
994 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
995
996 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
997 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
998 the full path name of this directory is
999 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1000 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1001
1002 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1003 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1004 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1005 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1006
1007 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1008 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1009 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1010 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1011 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1012 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1013 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1014 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1015 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1016 information on how to do this.
1017
1018 @node Creating the archive
1019 @subsection Creating the Archive
1020
1021 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1022 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1023
1024 @smallexample
1025 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1026 @end smallexample
1027
1028 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1029 option forms}. You could also say:
1030
1031 @smallexample
1032 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1033 @end smallexample
1034
1035 @noindent
1036 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1037 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1038 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1039 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1040
1041 Note that the part of the command which says,
1042 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1043 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1044 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1045 archive file you create.
1046
1047 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1048 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1049 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1050 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1051 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1052 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1053
1054 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1055 is the operation which creates the new archive
1056 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1057 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1058 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1059 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1060 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1061 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1062 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1063
1064 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1065 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1066 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1067
1068 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1069 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1070
1071 @smallexample
1072 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1073 @end smallexample
1074
1075 @noindent
1076 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1077 the files in the directory.
1078
1079 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1080 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1081 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1082 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1083
1084 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1085 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1086 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1087
1088 @node create verbose
1089 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1090
1091 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1092 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1093 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1094
1095 @smallexample
1096 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1097 blues
1098 folk
1099 jazz
1100 @end smallexample
1101
1102 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1103 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1104 @iftex
1105 (note the different font styles).
1106 @end iftex
1107 @ifinfo
1108 .
1109 @end ifinfo
1110
1111 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1112 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1113 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1114 understand.
1115
1116 @node short create
1117 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1118
1119 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1120 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1121 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1122 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1123 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1124 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1125 using short option forms:
1126
1127 @smallexample
1128 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1129 blues
1130 folk
1131 jazz
1132 @end smallexample
1133
1134 @noindent
1135 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1136 long or short option forms.
1137
1138 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1139 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1140 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1141 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1142 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1143 following way:
1144
1145 @smallexample
1146 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1147 @end smallexample
1148
1149 @noindent
1150 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1151 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1152 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1153 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1154 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1155 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1156 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1157 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1158 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1159 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1160 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1161
1162 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1163 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1164 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1165
1166 This example,
1167
1168 @smallexample
1169 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1170 @end smallexample
1171
1172 @noindent
1173 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1174 becomes much more so:
1175
1176 @smallexample
1177 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1178 @end smallexample
1179
1180 @noindent
1181 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1182 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1183 valuable data.
1184
1185 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1186 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1187 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1188 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1189 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1190 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1191 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1192 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1193
1194 @node create dir
1195 @subsection Archiving Directories
1196
1197 @cindex Archiving Directories
1198 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1199 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1200 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1201 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1202 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1203
1204 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1205 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1206 type:
1207
1208 @smallexample
1209 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1210 $
1211 @end smallexample
1212
1213 @noindent
1214 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1215 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1216 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1217 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1218
1219 @smallexample
1220 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1221 @end smallexample
1222
1223 @noindent
1224 @command{tar} should output:
1225
1226 @smallexample
1227 practice/
1228 practice/blues
1229 practice/folk
1230 practice/jazz
1231 practice/collection.tar
1232 @end smallexample
1233
1234 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1235 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1236 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1237 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1238 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1239 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1240 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1241 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1242 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1243 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1244 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1245 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1246 into the file system).
1247
1248 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1249
1250 @smallexample
1251 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1252 @end smallexample
1253
1254 @noindent
1255 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1256 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1257 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1258 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1259 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1260 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1261 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1262 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1263 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1264 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1265 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1266 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1267 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1268 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1269 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1270 directory being dumped.}
1271
1272 @node list
1273 @section How to List Archives
1274
1275 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1276 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1277 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1278 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1279 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1280 created in the last section with the command,
1281
1282 @smallexample
1283 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1284 @end smallexample
1285
1286 @noindent
1287 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1288
1289 @smallexample
1290 blues
1291 folk
1292 jazz
1293 @end smallexample
1294
1295 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1296 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1297
1298 @noindent
1299 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1300
1301 @smallexample
1302 ./birds
1303 baboon
1304 ./box
1305 @end smallexample
1306
1307 @noindent
1308 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1309 to specify the name of the archive.
1310
1311 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1312 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1313 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1314
1315 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1316 like:
1317
1318 @smallexample
1319 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1320 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1321 @end smallexample
1322
1323 @cindex listing member and file names
1324 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1325 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1326 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1327 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1328 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1329 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1330 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1331 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1332 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1333 example:
1334
1335 @smallexample
1336 @group
1337 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1338 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1339 /etc/mail/
1340 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1341 /etc/mail/aliases
1342 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1343 etc/mail/
1344 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1345 etc/mail/aliases
1346 @end group
1347 @end smallexample
1348
1349 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1350 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1351 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1352 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1353
1354 @table @option
1355 @item --show-stored-names
1356 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1357 @end table
1358
1359 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1360 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1361 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1362 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1363 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1364 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1365
1366 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1367 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1368 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1369 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1370 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1371 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1372 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1373 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1374 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1375 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1376 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1377
1378 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1379 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1380 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1381 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1382 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1383 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1384 stored in the specified archive.
1385
1386 @menu
1387 * list dir::
1388 @end menu
1389
1390 @node list dir
1391 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1392
1393 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1394 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1395 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1396 @value{op-verbose} option.
1397
1398 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1399 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1400
1401 @smallexample
1402 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @command{tar} responds:
1406
1407 @smallexample
1408 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1411 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1412 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1413 @end smallexample
1414
1415 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1416 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1417
1418 @node extract
1419 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1420 @UNREVISED
1421 @cindex Extraction
1422 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1423 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1424
1425 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1426 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1427 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1428 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1429 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1430 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1431 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1432 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1433
1434 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1435 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1436 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1437 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1438
1439 @menu
1440 * extracting archives::
1441 * extracting files::
1442 * extract dir::
1443 * extracting untrusted archives::
1444 * failing commands::
1445 @end menu
1446
1447 @node extracting archives
1448 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1449
1450 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1451 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1452
1453 @smallexample
1454 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1455 @end smallexample
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 produces this:
1459
1460 @smallexample
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1462 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1463 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1464 @end smallexample
1465
1466 @node extracting files
1467 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1468
1469 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1470 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1471 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1472 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1473 changing the archive's structure. Its contents will be identical to the
1474 original file @file{blues} that you deleted.
1475
1476 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1477 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1478 the files in the directory again.
1479
1480 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1481 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1489 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data modification
1490 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1491 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1492 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1493 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1494 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1495 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1496 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1497 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1498 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1499 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1500 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1501 @value{op-list}.
1502
1503 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1504 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1505 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1506 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1507 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1508 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1509 (@pxref{list}).
1510
1511 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1512 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1513 Output}).
1514
1515 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1516 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1517
1518 @node extract dir
1519 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1520
1521 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1522 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1523 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1524 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1525 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1526 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1527 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1528 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1529 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1530 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1531 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1532 @pxref{Writing}).
1533
1534 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1535 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1536 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1537
1538 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1539 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1540 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1541 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1542 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1543 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1544 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1545 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1546 following command:
1547
1548 @smallexample
1549 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1550 practice/folk
1551 practice/jazz
1552 @end smallexample
1553
1554 @noindent
1555 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1556 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1557 in the example below:
1558
1559 @smallexample
1560 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1561 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1562 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1563 @end smallexample
1564
1565 @noindent
1566 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1567 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1568 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1569 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1570
1571 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1572 will be.}
1573
1574 @node extracting untrusted archives
1575 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1576
1577 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1578 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1579 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1580 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1581 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1582 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1583 extract it as follows:
1584
1585 @smallexample
1586 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1587 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1588 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1592 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1593 with @value{op-verbose}.
1594
1595 @node failing commands
1596 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1597
1598 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1599 they won't work.
1600
1601 If you try to use this command,
1602
1603 @smallexample
1604 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1605 @end smallexample
1606
1607 @noindent
1608 you will get the following response:
1609
1610 @smallexample
1611 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1612 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1613 $
1614 @end smallexample
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1618 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1619 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1620
1621 @smallexample
1622 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1623 practice/folk
1624 practice/jazz
1625 practice/rock
1626 @end smallexample
1627
1628 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1629 order...}
1630
1631 @noindent
1632 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1633
1634 @smallexample
1635 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1636 @end smallexample
1637
1638 @noindent
1639 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1640 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1641 files from the archive.
1642
1643 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1644 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1645
1646 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1647
1648 @node going further
1649 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1650
1651 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1652 be in the rest of the manual.}
1653
1654 @node tar invocation
1655 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1656 @UNREVISED
1657
1658 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1659 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1660 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1661 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1662 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1663 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1664 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1665 depending on what the operation is.
1666
1667 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1668 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1669 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1670 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1671 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1672
1673 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1674 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1675 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1676 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1677 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1678 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1679
1680 @menu
1681 * Synopsis::
1682 * using tar options::
1683 * Styles::
1684 * All Options::
1685 * help::
1686 * verbose::
1687 * interactive::
1688 @end menu
1689
1690 @node Synopsis
1691 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1692
1693 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1694
1695 @smallexample
1696 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1697 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1698 @end smallexample
1699
1700 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1701
1702 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1703 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1704 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1705 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1706 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1707 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1708 @command{tar} is to act on.
1709
1710 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1711 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1712 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1713 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1714
1715 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1716 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1717 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1718 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1719 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1720 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1721 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1722 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1723 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1724
1725 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1726 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1727 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1728 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1729 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1730 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1731
1732 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1733 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1734 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1735 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1736
1737 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1738 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1739 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1740 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1741 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1742 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1743 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1744 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1745 sufficient for this.
1746
1747 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1748 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1749 @value{op-files-from} option.
1750
1751 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1752 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1753 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1754 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1755 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1756 on the entire contents of the archive.
1757
1758 @cindex exit status
1759 @cindex return status
1760 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1761 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1762 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1763 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1764 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1765 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1766 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1767 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1768 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1769 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1770 the error.
1771
1772 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1773 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1774 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1775 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1776 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1777 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1778
1779 @node using tar options
1780 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1781
1782 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1783 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1784 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1785 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1786 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1787 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1788 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1789 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1790 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1791 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1792
1793 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1794 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1795 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1796 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1797 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1798 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1799 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1800 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1801 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1802 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1803 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1804 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1805
1806 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1807 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1808 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1809 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1810 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1811 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1812 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1813
1814 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1815 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1816 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1817 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1818 write @value{op-list}.
1819
1820 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1821 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1822 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1823 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1824 styles.
1825
1826 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1827 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1828 incorporated.}
1829
1830 @node Styles
1831 @section The Three Option Styles
1832
1833 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1834 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1835 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1836 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1837
1838 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1839 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1840 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1841 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1842 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1843 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1844 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1845 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1846 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1847 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1848 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1849 feel comfortable with the others.
1850
1851 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1852 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1853 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1854 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1855 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1856 pay special attention to them.
1857
1858 @menu
1859 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1860 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1861 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1862 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1863 @end menu
1864
1865 @node Mnemonic Options
1866 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1867
1868 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1869 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1870
1871 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1872 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1873 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1874 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1875 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1876 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1877 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1878 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1879 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1880 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1881 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1882 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1883 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1884 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1885 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1886
1887 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1888 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1889 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1890
1891 @smallexample
1892 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1893 @end smallexample
1894
1895 @noindent
1896 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1897 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1898
1899 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1900 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1901 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1902 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1903 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1904 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1905 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1906 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1907
1908 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1909 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1910 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1911 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1912
1913 @node Short Options
1914 @subsection Short Option Style
1915
1916 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1917 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1918 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1919 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1920
1921 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1922
1923 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1924 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1925 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1926 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1927 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1928 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1929 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1930 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1931
1932 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1933 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1934 white space characters}.
1935
1936 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1937 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1938 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1939 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1940 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1941 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1942 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1943 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1944
1945 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1946 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1947 For example:
1948
1949 @smallexample
1950 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1951 @end smallexample
1952
1953 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1954 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1955 end up overwriting files.
1956
1957 @node Old Options
1958 @subsection Old Option Style
1959 @UNREVISED
1960
1961 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1962 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1963 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1964 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1965 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1966 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1967 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1968 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1969 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1970 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1971 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1972 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1973
1974 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1975
1976 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1977 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1978 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1979 style as follows:
1980
1981 @smallexample
1982 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1983 @end smallexample
1984
1985 @noindent
1986 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1987 the argument of @option{-f}.
1988
1989 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1990 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1991 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1992 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1993 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1994 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1995 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1996 pertain to.
1997
1998 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
1999 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2000
2001 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2002 users. For example, the two commands:
2003
2004 @smallexample
2005 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2006 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2007 @end smallexample
2008
2009 @noindent
2010 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2011 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2012 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2013 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2014
2015 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2016
2017 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2018 following are equivalent:
2019
2020 @smallexample
2021 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2022 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2023 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2024 @end smallexample
2025
2026 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2027
2028 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2029 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2030 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2031 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2032 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2033 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2034 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2035 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2036 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2037
2038 @node Mixing
2039 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2040
2041 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2042 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2043 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2044 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2045 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2046 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2047 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2048 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2049 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2050 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2051 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2052 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2053 style options.
2054
2055 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2056 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2057
2058 @smallexample
2059 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2060 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2061 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2062 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2063 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2064 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2065 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2066 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2067 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2070 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2071 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2072 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2073 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2074 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2075 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2076 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2078 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2079 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2080 @end smallexample
2081
2082 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2083 the previous set:
2084
2085 @smallexample
2086 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2087 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2088 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2089 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2090 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2091 @end smallexample
2092
2093 @noindent
2094 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2095 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2096 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2097 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2098 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2099 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2100 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2101 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2102 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2103 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2104 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2105
2106 @node All Options
2107 @section All @command{tar} Options
2108
2109 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2110 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2111 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2112 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2113 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2114 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2115
2116 @menu
2117 * Operation Summary::
2118 * Option Summary::
2119 * Short Option Summary::
2120 @end menu
2121
2122 @node Operation Summary
2123 @subsection Operations
2124
2125 @table @option
2126
2127 @item --append
2128 @itemx -r
2129
2130 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2131
2132 @item --catenate
2133 @itemx -A
2134
2135 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2136
2137 @item --compare
2138 @itemx -d
2139
2140 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2141 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2142 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2143
2144 @item --concatenate
2145 @itemx -A
2146
2147 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2148 @xref{concatenate}.
2149
2150 @item --create
2151 @itemx -c
2152
2153 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2154
2155 @item --delete
2156
2157 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2158 tape! @xref{delete}.
2159
2160 @item --diff
2161 @itemx -d
2162
2163 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2164
2165 @item --extract
2166 @itemx -x
2167
2168 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2169
2170 @item --get
2171 @itemx -x
2172
2173 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2174
2175 @item --list
2176 @itemx -t
2177
2178 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2179
2180 @item --update
2181 @itemx -u
2182
2183 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2184 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2185 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2186 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2187 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2188 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2189 @xref{update}.
2190
2191 @end table
2192
2193 @node Option Summary
2194 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2195
2196 @table @option
2197
2198 @item --absolute-names
2199 @itemx -P
2200
2201 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2202 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2203 @xref{absolute}.
2204
2205 @item --after-date
2206
2207 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2208
2209 @item --anchored
2210 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2211 @FIXME-xref{}
2212
2213 @item --atime-preserve
2214 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2215 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2216
2217 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2218 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2219 have superuser privileges.
2220
2221 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} remembers the access time of a file
2222 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2223 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2224 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2225 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2226 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2227 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2228 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2229 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2230 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2231 incompatible with incremental backups.
2232
2233 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2234 without interfering with time stamp updates
2235 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2236 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2237 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2238 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2239 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2240 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2241 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2242 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2243 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} then @command{tar} complains and
2244 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2245 option works when it actually does not.
2246
2247 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2248 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this may change in the future
2249 as support for @value{op-atime-preserve-system} improves.
2250
2251 If your operating system does not support
2252 @value{op-atime-preserve-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2253 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2254 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2255 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2256 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2257 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2258
2259 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2260
2261 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2262 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2263 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2264
2265 @item --block-number
2266 @itemx -R
2267
2268 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2269 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2270
2271 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2272 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2273
2274 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2275 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2276
2277 @item --bzip2
2278 @itemx -j
2279
2280 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2281 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2282
2283 @item --checkpoint
2284
2285 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2286 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2287 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2288 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2289
2290 @item --check-links
2291 @itemx -l
2292 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2293 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2294 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2295 output.
2296
2297 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2298 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2299 semantics for @option{-l}.
2300
2301 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2302
2303 @item --compress
2304 @itemx --uncompress
2305 @itemx -Z
2306
2307 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2308 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2309 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2310
2311 @item --confirmation
2312
2313 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2314
2315 @item --dereference
2316 @itemx -h
2317
2318 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2319 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2320 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2321
2322 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2323 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2324
2325 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2326 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2327 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2328
2329 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2330
2331 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2332 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2333
2334 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2335 @itemx -X @var{file}
2336
2337 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2338 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2339
2340 @item --exclude-caches
2341
2342 Automatically excludes all directories
2343 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2344
2345 @item --file=@var{archive}
2346 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2347
2348 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2349 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2350 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2351
2352 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2353 @itemx -T @var{file}
2354
2355 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2356 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2357 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2358
2359 @item --force-local
2360
2361 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2362 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2363 @FIXME-xref{}
2364
2365 @item --format=@var{format}
2366
2367 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2368 following:
2369
2370 @table @samp
2371 @item v7
2372 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2373
2374 @item oldgnu
2375 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2376 1.12 or earlier.
2377
2378 @item gnu
2379 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2380 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2381 numeric fields.
2382
2383 @item ustar
2384 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2385
2386 @item posix
2387 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2388
2389 @end table
2390
2391 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2392
2393 @item --group=@var{group}
2394
2395 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2396 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2397 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2398 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2399
2400 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2401
2402 @item --gzip
2403 @itemx --gunzip
2404 @itemx --ungzip
2405 @itemx -z
2406
2407 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2408 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2409 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2410
2411 @item --help
2412
2413 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2414 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2415
2416 @item --ignore-case
2417 Ignore case when excluding files.
2418 @FIXME-xref{}
2419
2420 @item --ignore-failed-read
2421
2422 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2423 @xref{Reading}.
2424
2425 @item --ignore-zeros
2426 @itemx -i
2427
2428 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2429 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2430
2431 @item --incremental
2432 @itemx -G
2433
2434 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2435 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2436 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2437 listed-incremental}.
2438
2439 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2440
2441 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2442
2443 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2444 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2445 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2446
2447 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2448 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2449 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2450
2451 @item --interactive
2452 @itemx --confirmation
2453 @itemx -w
2454
2455 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2456 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2457 @FIXME-xref{}
2458
2459 @item --keep-newer-files
2460
2461 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2462 when extracting files from an archive.
2463
2464 @item --keep-old-files
2465 @itemx -k
2466
2467 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2468 @xref{Writing}.
2469
2470 @item --label=@var{name}
2471 @itemx -V @var{name}
2472
2473 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2474 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2475 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2476 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2477
2478 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2479 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2480
2481 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2482 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2483 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2484 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2485 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2486
2487 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2488
2489 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2490 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2491 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2492 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2493 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2494 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2495 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2496 permission system.
2497
2498 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2499 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2500 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2501 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2502 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2503
2504 @item --multi-volume
2505 @itemx -M
2506
2507 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2508 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2509
2510 @item --new-volume-script
2511
2512 (see --info-script)
2513
2514 @item -n
2515 @itemx --seek
2516
2517 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2518 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2519 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2520 in cases when such recognition fails.
2521
2522 @item --newer=@var{date}
2523 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2524 @itemx -N
2525
2526 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2527 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2528 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2529 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2530
2531 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2532
2533 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2534 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2535 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2536
2537 @item --no-anchored
2538 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2539 @FIXME-xref{}
2540
2541 @item --no-ignore-case
2542 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2543 @FIXME-xref{}
2544
2545 @item --no-recursion
2546
2547 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2548 @FIXME-xref{}
2549
2550 @item --no-same-owner
2551 @itemx -o
2552
2553 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2554 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2555 for ordinary users.
2556
2557 @item --no-same-permissions
2558
2559 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2560 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2561 for ordinary users.
2562
2563 @item --no-wildcards
2564 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2565 @FIXME-xref{}
2566
2567 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2568 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2569 @FIXME-xref{}
2570
2571 @item --null
2572
2573 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2574 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2575 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2576 @FIXME-xref{}
2577
2578 @item --numeric-owner
2579
2580 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2581 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2582 @FIXME-xref{}
2583
2584 @item -o
2585 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2586 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2587 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2588
2589 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2590 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2591 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2592 removed in the future releases.
2593
2594 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2595
2596 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2597
2598 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2599 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2600 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2601 line or via @option{-T} option.
2602
2603 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2604 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2605
2606 @smallexample
2607 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2608 @end smallexample
2609
2610 @noindent
2611 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2612 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2613
2614 @item --old-archive
2615 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2616
2617 @item --one-file-system
2618 @itemx -l
2619 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2620 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2621 directory.
2622
2623 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2624 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2625 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2626 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2627 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2628
2629 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2630
2631 @item --overwrite
2632
2633 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2634 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2635
2636 @item --overwrite-dir
2637
2638 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2639 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2640
2641 @item --owner=@var{user}
2642
2643 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2644 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2645 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2646 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2647 @FIXME-xref{}
2648
2649 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2650 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2651 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2652 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2653
2654 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2655
2656 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2657
2658 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2659 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2660 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2661 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2662 the following forms:
2663
2664 @table @asis
2665 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2666 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2667 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2668 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2669
2670 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2671 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2672 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2673 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2674 man 7 glob}. For example:
2675
2676 @smallexample
2677 --pax-option delete=security.*
2678 @end smallexample
2679
2680 would suppress security-related information.
2681
2682 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2683
2684 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2685 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2686 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2687
2688 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2689 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2690 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2691 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2692 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2693 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2694 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2695 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2696 @end multitable
2697
2698 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2699 results.
2700
2701 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2702 will use the following default value:
2703
2704 @smallexample
2705 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2706 @end smallexample
2707
2708 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2709 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2710 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2711 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2712 following character substitutions have been made:
2713
2714 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2715 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2716 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2717 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2718 starting at 1.
2719 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2720 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2721 @end multitable
2722
2723 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2724
2725 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2726 will use the following default value:
2727
2728 @smallexample
2729 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2730 @end smallexample
2731
2732 @noindent
2733 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2734 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2735 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2736
2737 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2738 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2739 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2740 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2741 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2742 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2743 record.
2744
2745 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2746 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2747 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2748 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2749 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2750
2751 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2752 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2753 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2754 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2755 For example, in the command:
2756
2757 @smallexample
2758 tar --format=posix --create \
2759 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2760 @end smallexample
2761
2762 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2763 stored in the archive.
2764 @end table
2765
2766 @item --portability
2767 @itemx --old-archive
2768 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2769
2770 @item --posix
2771 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2772
2773 @item --preserve
2774
2775 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2776 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2777
2778 @item --preserve-order
2779
2780 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2781
2782 @item --preserve-permissions
2783 @itemx --same-permissions
2784 @itemx -p
2785
2786 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2787 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2788 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2789 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2790 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2791
2792 @item --read-full-records
2793 @itemx -B
2794
2795 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2796 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2797
2798 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2799
2800 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2801 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2802
2803 @item --recursion
2804
2805 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2806 @FIXME-xref{}
2807
2808 @item --recursive-unlink
2809
2810 Remove existing
2811 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2812 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2813
2814 @item --remove-files
2815
2816 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2817 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2818
2819 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2820
2821 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2822 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2823
2824 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2825
2826 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2827 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2828
2829 @item --same-order
2830 @itemx --preserve-order
2831 @itemx -s
2832
2833 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2834 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2835 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2836 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2837
2838 @item --same-owner
2839
2840 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2841 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2842 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2843 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2844
2845 @item --same-permissions
2846
2847 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2848
2849 @item --show-defaults
2850
2851 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2852 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2853 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2854
2855 @smallexample
2856 $ tar --show-defaults
2857 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2858 @end smallexample
2859
2860 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2861
2862 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2863 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2864
2865 @item --show-stored-names
2866
2867 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2868 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2869 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2870 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2871
2872 @item --sparse
2873 @itemx -S
2874
2875 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2876 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2877
2878 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2879 @itemx -K @var{name}
2880
2881 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2882 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2883 @xref{Scarce}.
2884
2885 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2886 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2887 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2888 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2889 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2890
2891 @smallexample
2892 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2893 @end smallexample
2894
2895 @noindent
2896 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2897
2898 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2899
2900 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2901 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2902
2903 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2904 @itemx -L @var{num}
2905
2906 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2907 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2908
2909 @item --test-label
2910
2911 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2912 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2913
2914 @item --to-stdout
2915 @itemx -O
2916
2917 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2918 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2919
2920 @item --totals
2921
2922 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2923 @FIXME-xref{}
2924
2925 @item --touch
2926 @itemx -m
2927
2928 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2929 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
2930 @xref{Writing}.
2931
2932 @item --uncompress
2933
2934 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2935
2936 @item --ungzip
2937
2938 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2939
2940 @item --unlink-first
2941 @itemx -U
2942
2943 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2944 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2945
2946 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2947
2948 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2949 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2950
2951 @item --utc
2952
2953 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2954 @option{--verbose}.
2955
2956 @item --verbose
2957 @itemx -v
2958
2959 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2960 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2961 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2962
2963 @item --verify
2964 @itemx -W
2965
2966 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2967 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2968
2969 @item --version
2970
2971 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2972 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2973 @FIXME-xref{}
2974
2975 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2976
2977 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2978 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2979 @FIXME-xref{}
2980
2981 @item --wildcards
2982 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2983 @FIXME-xref{}
2984
2985 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2986 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2987 @FIXME-xref{}
2988 @end table
2989
2990 @node Short Option Summary
2991 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2992
2993 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2994 them with the equivalent long option.
2995
2996 @table @option
2997
2998 @item -A
2999
3000 @option{--concatenate}
3001
3002 @item -B
3003
3004 @option{--read-full-records}
3005
3006 @item -C
3007
3008 @option{--directory}
3009
3010 @item -F
3011
3012 @option{--info-script}
3013
3014 @item -G
3015
3016 @option{--incremental}
3017
3018 @item -K
3019
3020 @option{--starting-file}
3021
3022 @item -L
3023
3024 @option{--tape-length}
3025
3026 @item -M
3027
3028 @option{--multi-volume}
3029
3030 @item -N
3031
3032 @option{--newer}
3033
3034 @item -O
3035
3036 @option{--to-stdout}
3037
3038 @item -P
3039
3040 @option{--absolute-names}
3041
3042 @item -R
3043
3044 @option{--block-number}
3045
3046 @item -S
3047
3048 @option{--sparse}
3049
3050 @item -T
3051
3052 @option{--files-from}
3053
3054 @item -U
3055
3056 @option{--unlink-first}
3057
3058 @item -V
3059
3060 @option{--label}
3061
3062 @item -W
3063
3064 @option{--verify}
3065
3066 @item -X
3067
3068 @option{--exclude-from}
3069
3070 @item -Z
3071
3072 @option{--compress}
3073
3074 @item -b
3075
3076 @option{--blocking-factor}
3077
3078 @item -c
3079
3080 @option{--create}
3081
3082 @item -d
3083
3084 @option{--compare}
3085
3086 @item -f
3087
3088 @option{--file}
3089
3090 @item -g
3091
3092 @option{--listed-incremental}
3093
3094 @item -h
3095
3096 @option{--dereference}
3097
3098 @item -i
3099
3100 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3101
3102 @item -j
3103
3104 @option{--bzip2}
3105
3106 @item -k
3107
3108 @option{--keep-old-files}
3109
3110 @item -l
3111
3112 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3113 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3114 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3115
3116 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3117
3118 @item -m
3119
3120 @option{--touch}
3121
3122 @item -o
3123
3124 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3125 @option{--portability}.
3126
3127 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3128 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3129 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3130
3131 @item -p
3132
3133 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3134
3135 @item -r
3136
3137 @option{--append}
3138
3139 @item -s
3140
3141 @option{--same-order}
3142
3143 @item -t
3144
3145 @option{--list}
3146
3147 @item -u
3148
3149 @option{--update}
3150
3151 @item -v
3152
3153 @option{--verbose}
3154
3155 @item -w
3156
3157 @option{--interactive}
3158
3159 @item -x
3160
3161 @option{--extract}
3162
3163 @item -z
3164
3165 @option{--gzip}
3166
3167 @end table
3168
3169 @node help
3170 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3171
3172 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3173 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3174 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3175 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3176 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3177 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3178 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3179 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3180
3181 @smallexample
3182 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3183 @end smallexample
3184
3185 @noindent
3186 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3187 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3188 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3189 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3190 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3191 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3192 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3193 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3194 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3195 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3196
3197 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3198 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3199 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3200 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3201 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3202 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3203 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3204 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3205 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3206 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3207
3208 @smallexample
3209 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3210 @end smallexample
3211
3212 @noindent
3213 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3214 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3215 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3216 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3217
3218 @smallexample
3219 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3220 @end smallexample
3221
3222 @noindent
3223 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3224
3225 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3226 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3227 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3228 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3229 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3230
3231 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3232 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3233 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3234 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3235 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3236 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3237 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3238 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3239 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3240 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3241 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3242 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3243 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3244 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3245
3246 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3247 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3248 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3249 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3250 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3251 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3252
3253 @node verbose
3254 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3255
3256 @cindex Progress information
3257 @cindex Status information
3258 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3259 @cindex Verbose operation
3260 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3261 @cindex Error message, block number of
3262 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3263
3264 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3265 @cindex Information during operation
3266 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3267
3268 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3269 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3270 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3271 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3272 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3273 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3274 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3275 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3276 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3277 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3278 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3279 helpful diagnostic tools.
3280
3281 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3282 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3283 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3284 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3285 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3286 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3287
3288 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3289 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3290 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3291 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3292 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3293 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3294 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3295 long list output:
3296
3297 @smallexample
3298 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3299 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3300 @end smallexample
3301
3302 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3303 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3304 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3305 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3306 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3307
3308 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3309 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3310 error.
3311
3312 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3313 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3314 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3315
3316 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3317 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3318 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3319 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3320 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3321 is actually making forward progress.
3322
3323 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3324 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3325
3326 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3327 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3328 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3329 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3330 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3331 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3332 some other reason.
3333
3334 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3335 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3336 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3337 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3338 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3339 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3340 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3341 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3342 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3343 archive from a pipe.
3344
3345 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3346 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3347 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3348 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3349 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3350 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3351 backup section written.}
3352
3353 @node interactive
3354 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3355 @cindex Interactive operation
3356
3357 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3358 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3359 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3360 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3361 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3362 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3363 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3364
3365 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3366 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3367 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3368 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3369 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3370 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3371 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3372 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3373 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3374
3375 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3376 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3377 communications.
3378
3379 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3380 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3381 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3382 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3383 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3384 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3385 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3386 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3387 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3388 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3389 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3390
3391 @node operations
3392 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3393
3394 @menu
3395 * Basic tar::
3396 * Advanced tar::
3397 * create options::
3398 * extract options::
3399 * backup::
3400 * Applications::
3401 * looking ahead::
3402 @end menu
3403
3404 @node Basic tar
3405 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3406
3407 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3408 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3409 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3410 for these operations.
3411
3412 @table @asis
3413 @item @value{op-create}
3414
3415 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3416 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3417 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3418 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3419 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3420 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3421 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3422 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3423 common errors are:
3424
3425 @enumerate
3426 @item
3427 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3428 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3429 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3430 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3431 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3432 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3433
3434 @item
3435 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3436 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3437 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3438 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3439 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3440 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3441 @end enumerate
3442
3443 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3444 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3445 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3446 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3447 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3448 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3449 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3450 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3451
3452 @smallexample
3453 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3454 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3455 @end smallexample
3456
3457 @item @value{op-extract}
3458
3459 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3460
3461 @item @value{op-list}
3462
3463 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3464 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3465 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3466 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3467 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3468 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3469 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3470 that's really the way to go.
3471
3472 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3473 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3474
3475 @end table
3476
3477 @node Advanced tar
3478 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3479
3480 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3481 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3482
3483 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3484 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3485 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3486 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3487 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3488 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3489 error correction in special circumstances.
3490
3491 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3492 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3493
3494 @menu
3495 * Operations::
3496 * append::
3497 * update::
3498 * concatenate::
3499 * delete::
3500 * compare::
3501 @end menu
3502
3503 @node Operations
3504 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3505 @UNREVISED
3506
3507 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3508 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3509 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3510 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3511
3512 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3513 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3514 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3515 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3516 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3517 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3518 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3519 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3520
3521 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3522 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3523 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3524 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3525
3526 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3527 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3528 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3529 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3530 where the last chapter left them.)
3531
3532 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3533
3534 @table @option
3535 @item --append
3536 @itemx -r
3537 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3538 @item --update
3539 @itemx -r
3540 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3541 they exist.
3542 @item --concatenate
3543 @itemx --catenate
3544 @itemx -A
3545 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3546 @item --delete
3547 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3548 @item --compare
3549 @itemx --diff
3550 @itemx -d
3551 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3552 @end table
3553
3554 @node append
3555 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3556 @UNREVISED
3557
3558 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3559 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3560 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3561 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3562 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3563 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3564
3565 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3566 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3567 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3568 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3569 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3570 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3571 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3572 listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3573
3574 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3575 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3576 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3577 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3578 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3579 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3580 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3581 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3582 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3583 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3584 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3585 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3586 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3587 extracted before it, and so on.
3588
3589 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3590 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3591 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3592 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3593 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3594 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3595 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3596 the command
3597
3598 @smallexample
3599 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3600 @end smallexample
3601
3602 @noindent
3603 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3604
3605 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3606 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3607
3608 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3609 with the Same Name.}
3610
3611 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3612 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3613 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3614 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3615 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3616 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3617 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3618 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3619 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3620 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3621
3622 @menu
3623 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3624 * multiple::
3625 @end menu
3626
3627 @node appending files
3628 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3629 @UNREVISED
3630 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3631 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3632 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3633
3634 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3635 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3636 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3637 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3638 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3639 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3640 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3641 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3642 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3643 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3644
3645 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3646 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3647 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3648 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3649
3650 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3651 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3652 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3653 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3654 @file{collection.tar}:
3655
3656 @smallexample
3657 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3658 @end smallexample
3659
3660 @noindent
3661 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3662 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3663
3664 @smallexample
3665 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3666 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3667 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3668 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3669 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3670 @end smallexample
3671
3672 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3673 title claims it will become...}
3674
3675 @node multiple
3676 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3677
3678 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3679 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3680 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3681 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3682 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3683 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3684 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3685 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3686 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3687 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3688 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3689 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3690 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3691 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3692 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3693 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3694 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3695 versions of the file.
3696
3697 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3698 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3699 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3700 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3701 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3702 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3703 newer version when it is extracted.
3704
3705 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3706 archive in this way:
3707
3708 @smallexample
3709 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3710 blues
3711 @end smallexample
3712
3713 @noindent
3714 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3715 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3716 list the contents of the archive:
3717
3718 @smallexample
3719 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3720 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3721 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3722 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3723 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3724 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3725 @end smallexample
3726
3727 @noindent
3728 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3729 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3730 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3731 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3732 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3733
3734 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3735 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3736 the following example:
3737
3738 @smallexample
3739 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3740 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3741 @end smallexample
3742
3743 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3744 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3745 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3746
3747 @node update
3748 @subsection Updating an Archive
3749 @UNREVISED
3750 @cindex Updating an archive
3751
3752 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3753 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3754 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3755 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3756 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3757 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3758 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3759
3760 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3761 The operation will fail.
3762
3763 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3764 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3765
3766 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3767 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3768 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3769 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3770 Same Name}
3771
3772 @menu
3773 * how to update::
3774 @end menu
3775
3776 @node how to update
3777 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3778
3779 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3780 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3781 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3782 you).
3783
3784 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3785 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3786
3787 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3788 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3789 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3790 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3791 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3792 arguments:
3793
3794 @smallexample
3795 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3796 blues
3797 classical
3798 $
3799 @end smallexample
3800
3801 @noindent
3802 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3803 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3804 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3805 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3806 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3807 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3808 updating it.
3809
3810 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3811 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3812 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3813 information about tapes.
3814
3815 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3816 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3817 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3818 options intended specifically for backups are more
3819 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3820
3821 @node concatenate
3822 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3823
3824 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3825 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3826 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3827 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3828 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3829 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3830
3831 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3832 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3833 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3834 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3835 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3836 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3837 Members with the Same Name.}
3838
3839 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3840 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3841 files from @file{practice}:
3842
3843 @smallexample
3844 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3845 blues
3846 classical
3847 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3848 folk
3849 jazz
3850 @end smallexample
3851
3852 @noindent
3853 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3854 contain what they are supposed to:
3855
3856 @smallexample
3857 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3858 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3859 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3860 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3861 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3862 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3863 @end smallexample
3864
3865 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3866
3867 @smallexample
3868 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3869 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3870 @end smallexample
3871
3872 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3873 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3874
3875 @smallexample
3876 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3877 blues
3878 rock
3879 jazz
3880 folk
3881 @end smallexample
3882
3883 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3884 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3885 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3886 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3887 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3888 new name?}
3889
3890 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3891 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3892
3893 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3894 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3895 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3896 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3897 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3898
3899 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3900 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3901 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3902 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3903 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3904 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3905 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3906 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3907 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3908 @command{cat} shell utility.
3909
3910 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3911 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3912 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3913 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3914 default archive name.
3915
3916 @node delete
3917 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3918 @UNREVISED
3919 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3920 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3921
3922 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3923 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3924 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3925 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3926 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3927 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3928 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3929 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3930 very slowly.
3931
3932 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3933
3934 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3935 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3936 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3937 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3938 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3939 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3940 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3941 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3942 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3943 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3944
3945 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3946 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3947 are in that directory, and then,
3948
3949 @smallexample
3950 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3951 blues
3952 folk
3953 jazz
3954 rock
3955 practice/blues
3956 practice/folk
3957 practice/jazz
3958 practice/rock
3959 practice/blues
3960 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3961 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3962 folk
3963 jazz
3964 rock
3965 $
3966 @end smallexample
3967
3968 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3969 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3970 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3971
3972 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3973 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3974
3975 @node compare
3976 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3977 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3978 @UNREVISED
3979
3980 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3981 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3982 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3983 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3984 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3985 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3986 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3987
3988 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3989 archive with a non-default record size.
3990
3991 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3992 corresponding members in the archive.
3993
3994 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3995 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3996 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3997 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3998
3999 @smallexample
4000 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4001 rock
4002 blues
4003 tar: funk not found in archive
4004 @end smallexample
4005
4006 @noindent
4007 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4008 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4009 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4010 such as:
4011
4012 @smallexample
4013 funk: does not exist
4014 @end smallexample
4015
4016 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4017 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4018 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4019
4020 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4021 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4022 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4023
4024 @node create options
4025 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4026
4027 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4028 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4029 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4030 @option{--create}.
4031
4032 @menu
4033 * Ignore Failed Read::
4034 @end menu
4035
4036 @node Ignore Failed Read
4037 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4038
4039 @table @option
4040 @item --ignore-failed-read
4041 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4042 @end table
4043
4044 @node extract options
4045 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4046 @UNREVISED
4047
4048 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4049 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4050
4051 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4052 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4053 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4054 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4055 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4056 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4057 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4058 @option{--extract} operation.
4059
4060 @menu
4061 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4062 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4063 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4064 @end menu
4065
4066 @node Reading
4067 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4068 @cindex Options when reading archives
4069 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4070 @cindex Records, incomplete
4071 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4072 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4073 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4074 @cindex Small memory
4075 @cindex Running out of space
4076 @UNREVISED
4077
4078 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4079 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4080 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4081 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4082 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4083 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4084 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4085 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4086 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4087
4088 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4089 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4090 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4091 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4092 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4093 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4094
4095 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4096 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4097 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4098 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4099 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4100
4101 @menu
4102 * read full records::
4103 * Ignore Zeros::
4104 @end menu
4105
4106 @node read full records
4107 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4108
4109 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4110
4111 @table @option
4112 @item --read-full-records
4113 @item -B
4114 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4115 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4116 than the one specified.
4117 @end table
4118
4119 @node Ignore Zeros
4120 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4121
4122 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4123 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4124 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4125 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4126 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4127 together).
4128
4129 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4130 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4131 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4132 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4133 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4134
4135 @table @option
4136 @item --ignore-zeros
4137 @itemx -i
4138 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4139 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4140 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4141 @end table
4142
4143 @node Writing
4144 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4145 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4146 @cindex Protecting old files
4147 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4148 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4149 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4150 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4151 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4152 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4153 @UNREVISED
4154
4155 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4156
4157 @menu
4158 * Dealing with Old Files::
4159 * Overwrite Old Files::
4160 * Keep Old Files::
4161 * Keep Newer Files::
4162 * Unlink First::
4163 * Recursive Unlink::
4164 * Data Modification Times::
4165 * Setting Access Permissions::
4166 * Writing to Standard Output::
4167 * remove files::
4168 @end menu
4169
4170 @node Dealing with Old Files
4171 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4172
4173 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4174 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4175 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4176 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4177 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4178 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4179 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4180 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4181 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4182
4183 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4184 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4185 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4186 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4187 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4188
4189 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4190 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4191 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4192
4193 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4194 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4195 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4196 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4197 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4198 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4199 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4200 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4201 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4202 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4203 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4204 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4205 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4206 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4207 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4208 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4209 removed.
4210
4211 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4212 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4213 before extracting them.
4214
4215 @node Overwrite Old Files
4216 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4217
4218 @table @option
4219 @item --overwrite
4220 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4221 from an archive.
4222
4223 This
4224 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4225 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4226 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4227 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4228 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4229 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4230 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4231 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4232 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4233 they are in the way of extraction.
4234
4235 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4236 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4237 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4238 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4239 are currently being executed.
4240
4241 @item --overwrite-dir
4242 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4243 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4244 @end table
4245
4246 @node Keep Old Files
4247 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4248
4249 @table @option
4250 @item --keep-old-files
4251 @itemx -k
4252 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4253 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4254 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4255 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4256 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4257 extraction.
4258 @end table
4259
4260 @node Keep Newer Files
4261 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4262
4263 @table @option
4264 @item --keep-newer-files
4265 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4266 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4267 @end table
4268
4269 @node Unlink First
4270 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4271
4272 @table @option
4273 @item --unlink-first
4274 @itemx -U
4275 Remove files before extracting over them.
4276 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4277 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4278 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4279 @end table
4280
4281 @node Recursive Unlink
4282 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4283
4284 @table @option
4285 @item --recursive-unlink
4286 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4287 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4288 @end table
4289
4290 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4291 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4292 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4293 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4294
4295 @node Data Modification Times
4296 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4297
4298 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4299 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4300 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4301 setting.
4302
4303 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4304 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4305 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4306
4307 @table @option
4308 @item --touch
4309 @itemx -m
4310 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4311 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4312 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4313 @end table
4314
4315 @node Setting Access Permissions
4316 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4317
4318 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4319 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4320 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4321 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4322
4323 @table @option
4324 @item --preserve-permission
4325 @itemx --same-permission
4326 @itemx --ignore-umask
4327 @itemx -p
4328 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4329 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4330 @value{op-extract}.
4331 @end table
4332
4333 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4334 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4335 more than one file?}
4336
4337 @node Writing to Standard Output
4338 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4339
4340 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4341 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4342 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4343 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4344 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4345 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4346 found in the archive.
4347
4348 @table @option
4349 @item --to-stdout
4350 @itemx -O
4351 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4352 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4353 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4354 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4355 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4356 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4357 @end table
4358
4359 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4360 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4361 it. You can use a command like this:
4362
4363 @smallexample
4364 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4365 @end smallexample
4366
4367 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4368
4369 @smallexample
4370 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4371 @end smallexample
4372
4373 @node remove files
4374 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4375
4376 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4377 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4378 else in the book...}
4379
4380 @table @option
4381 @item --remove-files
4382 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4383 @end table
4384
4385 @node Scarce
4386 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4387 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4388 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4389 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4390 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4391 @UNREVISED
4392
4393 @menu
4394 * Starting File::
4395 * Same Order::
4396 @end menu
4397
4398 @node Starting File
4399 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4400
4401 @table @option
4402 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4403 @itemx -K @var{name}
4404 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4405 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4406 @end table
4407
4408 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4409 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4410 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4411 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4412 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4413 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4414 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4415 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4416 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4417
4418 @node Same Order
4419 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4420
4421 @table @option
4422 @item --same-order
4423 @itemx --preserve-order
4424 @itemx -s
4425 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4426 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4427 @value{op-list}
4428 or @value{op-extract}.
4429 @end table
4430
4431 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4432 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4433 the option to exist in either version?}
4434
4435 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4436
4437 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4438 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4439 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4440 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4441 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4442 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4443
4444 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4445
4446 @node backup
4447 @section Backup options
4448
4449 @cindex backup options
4450
4451 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4452 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4453 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4454 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4455 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4456 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4457
4458 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4459 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4460 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4461 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4462 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4463 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4464 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4465 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4466 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4467 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4468
4469 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4470 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4471 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4472 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4473 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4474 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4475 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4476 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4477 refers to a remote file.
4478
4479 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4480 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4481 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4482 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4483 file are kept.
4484
4485 @table @samp
4486
4487 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4488 @opindex --backup
4489 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4490 @cindex backups
4491 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4492 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4493
4494 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4495 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4496 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4497 use the @samp{existing} method.
4498
4499 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4500 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4501 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4502 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4503
4504 @table @samp
4505 @item t
4506 @itemx numbered
4507 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4508 Always make numbered backups.
4509
4510 @item nil
4511 @itemx existing
4512 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4513 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4514 of the others.
4515
4516 @item never
4517 @itemx simple
4518 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4519 Always make simple backups.
4520
4521 @end table
4522
4523 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4524 @opindex --suffix
4525 @cindex backup suffix
4526 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4527 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4528 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4529 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4530 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4531
4532 @end table
4533
4534 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4535 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4536 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4537 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4538 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4539 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4540
4541 @smallexample
4542 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4543 @end smallexample
4544
4545 @node Applications
4546 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4547 @UNREVISED
4548
4549 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4550 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4551 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4552
4553 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4554
4555 @findex uuencode
4556 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4557 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4558 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4559 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4560 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4561 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4562 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4563 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4564
4565 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4566 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4567 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4568 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4569
4570 @smallexample
4571 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4572 @end smallexample
4573
4574 @noindent
4575 The command also works using short option forms:
4576
4577 @smallexample
4578 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4579 @end smallexample
4580
4581 @noindent
4582 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4583
4584 @node looking ahead
4585 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4586
4587 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4588 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4589 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4590 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4591 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4592 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4593 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4594 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4595 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4596 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4597
4598 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4599 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4600 @value{xref-files-from}.
4601
4602 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4603 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4604
4605 @node Backups
4606 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4607 @UNREVISED
4608
4609 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4610 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4611 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4612 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4613 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4614 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4615 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4616
4617 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4618 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4619 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4620 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4621
4622 @smallexample
4623 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4624 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4625 @end smallexample
4626
4627 @FIXME{
4628
4629 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4630 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4631 distribution.
4632
4633 @itemize @bullet
4634 @item dumps
4635 @itemize @minus
4636 @item what are dumps
4637 @item different levels of dumps
4638 @itemize +
4639 @item full dump = dump everything
4640 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
4641 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4642 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
4643 @end itemize
4644 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4645 @itemize +
4646 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4647 @end itemize
4648 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
4649 @itemize +
4650 @item how to customize
4651 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4652 @end itemize
4653 @item Problems
4654 @itemize +
4655 @item rsh doesn't work
4656 @item rtape isn't installed
4657 @item (others?)
4658 @end itemize
4659 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
4660 @item tapes
4661 @itemize +
4662 @item write protection
4663 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
4664 @item files and tape marks
4665 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4666 @item positioning the tape
4667 MT writes two at end of write,
4668 backspaces over one when writing again.
4669 @end itemize
4670 @end itemize
4671 @end itemize
4672 }
4673
4674 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4675 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4676
4677 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4678 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4679 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4680 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4681 called @dfn{dumps}.
4682
4683 @menu
4684 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4685 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4686 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4687 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4688 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4689 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4690 @end menu
4691
4692 @node Full Dumps
4693 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4694 @UNREVISED
4695
4696 @cindex full dumps
4697 @cindex dumps, full
4698
4699 @cindex corrupted archives
4700 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4701 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
4702 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4703 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4704 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4705 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4706
4707 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4708 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4709 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4710
4711 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4712 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4713 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4714
4715 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
4716 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4717 file system boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4718
4719 The @value{op-incremental} (@FIXME-pxref{}) option is not needed,
4720 since this is a complete copy of everything in the file system, and a
4721 full restore from this backup would only be done onto a completely
4722 empty disk.
4723
4724 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4725 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4726 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4727 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4728 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4729 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4730
4731 @node Incremental Dumps
4732 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4733
4734 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
4735 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
4736 can be restored when extracting the archive.
4737
4738 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
4739 backups: @value{op-listed-incremental} and @value{op-incremental}.
4740
4741 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
4742 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
4743 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
4744 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
4745 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
4746 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
4747 to the option:
4748
4749 @table @option
4750 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
4751 @itemx -g @var{file}
4752 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
4753 @end table
4754
4755 To create an incremental backup, you would use
4756 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
4757 (@pxref{create}). For example:
4758
4759 @smallexample
4760 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4761 --file=archive.1.tar \
4762 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4763 /usr}
4764 @end smallexample
4765
4766 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
4767 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
4768 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
4769 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
4770 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
4771
4772 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
4773 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
4774 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
4775 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
4776 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
4777
4778 @smallexample
4779 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
4780 /usr/local/db/data
4781 /usr/local/db/index
4782 @end smallexample
4783
4784 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
4785 then see:
4786
4787 @smallexample
4788 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4789 --file=archive.2.tar \
4790 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4791 /usr}
4792 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
4793 usr/local/db/
4794 usr/local/db/data
4795 usr/local/db/index
4796 @end smallexample
4797
4798 @noindent
4799 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
4800 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
4801 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
4802 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
4803 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
4804 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
4805
4806 @smallexample
4807 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
4808 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4809 --file=archive.2.tar \
4810 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
4811 /usr}
4812 @end smallexample
4813
4814 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4815 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4816 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
4817 backwards.
4818
4819 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
4820 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
4821 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
4822 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
4823 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
4824 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
4825 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
4826 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4827 to be a better way to go.
4828
4829 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
4830 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
4831
4832 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
4833 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
4834 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
4835 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
4836 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
4837 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
4838 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
4839 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
4840 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
4841 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
4842 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
4843 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
4844
4845 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
4846 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
4847 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
4848 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
4849 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
4850 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
4851 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
4852 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
4853 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
4854 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
4855 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
4856
4857 @smallexample
4858 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4859 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4860 --file archive.1.tar}
4861 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4862 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4863 --file archive.2.tar}
4864 @end smallexample
4865
4866 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
4867 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
4868 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
4869 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
4870 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
4871 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
4872 scripts.
4873
4874 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
4875 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
4876 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
4877 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
4878 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
4879 and were changed in version 1.16}:
4880
4881 @smallexample
4882 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
4883 @end smallexample
4884
4885 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
4886 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4887 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
4888 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
4889
4890 @smallexample
4891 @var{x} @var{file}
4892 @end smallexample
4893
4894 @noindent
4895 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
4896 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
4897 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
4898 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
4899 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
4900 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
4901
4902 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
4903 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
4904 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
4905 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
4906 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
4907 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
4908
4909 @node Backup Levels
4910 @section Levels of Backups
4911
4912 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4913 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4914 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4915 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4916 are daily re-archived.
4917
4918 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4919 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4920 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4921 dump.
4922
4923 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4924 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4925 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4926 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4927 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4928 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4929 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4930 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4931
4932 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4933 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4934 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4935 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4936 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4937
4938 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4939 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4940 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4941 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4942 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4943 running the appropriate script.
4944
4945 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4946 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4947 their use in detail.
4948
4949 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4950 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4951 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4952 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4953 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, before
4954 making such an attempt.
4955
4956 @node Backup Parameters
4957 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4958
4959 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4960 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4961 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4962 before using these scripts.
4963
4964 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4965 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4966 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4967 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4968 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4969 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4970 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4971 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4972
4973 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4974 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4975
4976 @menu
4977 * General-Purpose Variables::
4978 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4979 * User Hooks::
4980 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4981 @end menu
4982
4983 @node General-Purpose Variables
4984 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4985
4986 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4987 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4988 sends a backup report to this address.
4989 @end defvr
4990
4991 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4992 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4993 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4994 or the string @samp{now}.
4995
4996 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4997 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4998 @end defvr
4999
5000 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5001
5002 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5003 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5004 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5005 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5006 invocations of @command{mt}.
5007 @end defvr
5008
5009 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5010
5011 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5012 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5013 @end defvr
5014
5015 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5016
5017 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5018 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5019 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5020 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5021 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5022
5023 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5024 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5025 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5026 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5027 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5028 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5029 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5030 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5031 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5032
5033 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5034 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5035 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5036 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5037 @end defvr
5038
5039 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5040
5041 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5042 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5043 @end defvr
5044
5045 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5046
5047 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5048 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5049 which the backup script is run.
5050
5051 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5052 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5053 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5054 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5055 @end defvr
5056
5057 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5058
5059 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5060 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5061 @end defvr
5062
5063 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5064
5065 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5066 @end defvr
5067
5068 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5069 @anchor{RSH}
5070 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5071 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5072 to use public key authentication.
5073 @end defvr
5074
5075 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5076
5077 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5078 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5079 of @GNUTAR{}.
5080 @end defvr
5081
5082 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5083
5084 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5085 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5086 @end defvr
5087
5088 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5089
5090 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5091 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5092 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5093 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5094 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5095 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5096
5097 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5098 @end defvr
5099
5100 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5101
5102 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5103
5104 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5105 @end defvr
5106
5107 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5108
5109 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5110 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5111 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5112 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5113 the console.
5114 @end defvr
5115
5116 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5117
5118 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5119 this will just be some literal text.
5120 @end defvr
5121
5122 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5123
5124 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5125 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5126 @end defvr
5127
5128 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5129 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5130
5131 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5132 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5133 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5134
5135 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5136 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5137 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5138
5139 @smallexample
5140 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5141
5142 mt_begin() @{
5143 mt -f "$1" retension
5144 @}
5145 @end smallexample
5146 @end defvr
5147
5148 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5149 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5150 follows:
5151
5152 @smallexample
5153 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5154
5155 mt_rewind() @{
5156 mt -f "$1" rewind
5157 @}
5158 @end smallexample
5159
5160 @end defvr
5161
5162 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5163 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5164 it is defined as follows:
5165
5166 @smallexample
5167 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5168
5169 mt_offline() @{
5170 mt -f "$1" offl
5171 @}
5172 @end smallexample
5173 @end defvr
5174
5175 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5176 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5177 including error count. Default definition:
5178
5179 @smallexample
5180 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5181
5182 mt_status() @{
5183 mt -f "$1" status
5184 @}
5185 @end smallexample
5186 @end defvr
5187
5188 @node User Hooks
5189 @subsection User Hooks
5190
5191 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5192 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5193 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5194 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5195 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5196 taking four arguments:
5197
5198 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5199 Its arguments are:
5200
5201 @table @var
5202 @item level
5203 Current backup or restore level.
5204
5205 @item host
5206 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5207
5208 @item fs
5209 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5210
5211 @item fsname
5212 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5213 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5214 @end table
5215 @end deffn
5216
5217 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5218
5219 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5220 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5221 @end defvr
5222
5223 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5224 Executed after dumping the file system.
5225 @end defvr
5226
5227 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5228 Executed before restoring the file system.
5229 @end defvr
5230
5231 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5232 Executed after restoring the file system.
5233 @end defvr
5234
5235 @node backup-specs example
5236 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5237
5238 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5239
5240 @smallexample
5241 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5242
5243 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5244 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5245 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5246
5247 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5248 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5249 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5250
5251 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5252 my_status() @{
5253 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5254 @}
5255 MT_STATUS=my_status
5256
5257 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5258 MT_OFFLINE=:
5259
5260 BLOCKING=124
5261 BACKUP_DIRS="
5262 albert:/fs/fsf
5263 apple-gunkies:/gd
5264 albert:/fs/gd2
5265 albert:/fs/gp
5266 geech:/usr/jla
5267 churchy:/usr/roland
5268 albert:/
5269 albert:/usr
5270 apple-gunkies:/
5271 apple-gunkies:/usr
5272 gnu:/hack
5273 gnu:/u
5274 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5275 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5276
5277 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5278
5279 @end smallexample
5280
5281 @node Scripted Backups
5282 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5283
5284 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5285
5286 @smallexample
5287 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5288 @end smallexample
5289
5290 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5291 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5292 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5293 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5294 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5295 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5296 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5297 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5298 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5299 create a level one dump.}
5300
5301 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5302 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5303
5304 @table @asis
5305 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5306
5307 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5308
5309 @item @var{hh}
5310
5311 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5312
5313 @item now
5314
5315 The dump must be run immediately.
5316 @end table
5317
5318 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5319 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5320 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5321 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5322 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5323 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5324 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5325 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5326 Restoration}).
5327
5328 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5329 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5330 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5331 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5332 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5333 detailed explanation of this file.}
5334
5335 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5336 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5337 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5338 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5339 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5340 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5341 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5342
5343 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5344 standard output.
5345
5346 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5347 script:
5348
5349 @table @option
5350 @item -l @var{level}
5351 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5352 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5353
5354 @item -f
5355 @itemx --force
5356 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5357
5358 @item -v[@var{level}]
5359 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5360 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5361 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5362 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5363
5364 @item -t @var{start-time}
5365 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5366 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5367
5368 @item -h
5369 @itemx --help
5370 Display short help message and exit.
5371
5372 @item -L
5373 @itemx --license
5374 Display program license and exit.
5375
5376 @item -V
5377 @itemx --version
5378 Display program version and exit.
5379 @end table
5380
5381
5382 @node Scripted Restoration
5383 @section Using the Restore Script
5384
5385 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5386 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5387 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5388 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5389 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5390
5391 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5392 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5393 line. For example, running
5394
5395 @smallexample
5396 restore 'albert:*'
5397 @end smallexample
5398
5399 @noindent
5400 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5401 complicated example:
5402
5403 @smallexample
5404 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5405 @end smallexample
5406
5407 @noindent
5408 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5409 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5410
5411 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5412 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5413 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5414 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5415 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5416 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5417
5418 @smallexample
5419 restore --level=1
5420 @end smallexample
5421
5422 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5423
5424 @table @option
5425 @item -a
5426 @itemx --all
5427 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5428
5429 @item -l @var{level}
5430 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5431 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5432
5433 @item -v[@var{level}]
5434 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5435 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5436 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5437 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5438
5439 @item -h
5440 @itemx --help
5441 Display short help message and exit.
5442
5443 @item -L
5444 @itemx --license
5445 Display program license and exit.
5446
5447 @item -V
5448 @itemx --version
5449 Display program version and exit.
5450 @end table
5451
5452 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5453 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5454 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5455 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5456 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5457 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5458 positioning.}
5459
5460 @quotation
5461 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5462 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5463 @end quotation
5464
5465 @value{xref-incremental}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5466 that determination.
5467
5468 @node Choosing
5469 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5470 @UNREVISED
5471
5472 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5473
5474 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5475 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5476 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5477 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5478 are in specified directories.
5479
5480 @menu
5481 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5482 * Selecting Archive Members::
5483 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5484 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5485 * Wildcards::
5486 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5487 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5488 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5489 @end menu
5490
5491 @node file
5492 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5493 @cindex Naming an archive
5494 @cindex Archive Name
5495 @cindex Directing output
5496 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5497 @cindex Where is the archive?
5498 @UNREVISED
5499
5500 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5501 archive"?}
5502
5503 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5504 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5505 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5506 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5507 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5508 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5509 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5510 instead of the default archive file location.
5511
5512 @table @option
5513 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5514 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5515 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5516 any operation.
5517 @end table
5518
5519 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5520
5521 @smallexample
5522 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5523 @end smallexample
5524
5525 @noindent
5526 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5527 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5528 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5529 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5530 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5531 for the archive name.
5532
5533 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5534 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5535 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5536
5537 @cindex Writing new archives
5538 @cindex Archive creation
5539 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5540 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5541 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5542 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5543 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5544
5545 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5546 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5547 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5548 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5549 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5550 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5551
5552 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5553 "notable tar usages".}
5554
5555 @smallexample
5556 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5557 @end smallexample
5558
5559 @FIXME{help!}
5560
5561 @cindex Standard input and output
5562 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5563 @anchor{remote-dev}
5564 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5565 use the following:
5566
5567 @smallexample
5568 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5569 @end smallexample
5570
5571 @noindent
5572 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5573 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5574 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5575 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5576 as the username on the remote machine.
5577
5578 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5579 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5580 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5581 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5582 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5583 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5584 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5585 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5586 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5587 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5588 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5589 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5590 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5591 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5592
5593 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5594 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5595 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5596 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5597 shouldn't mention it..}
5598
5599 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5600 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5601 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5602 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5603
5604 @node Selecting Archive Members
5605 @section Selecting Archive Members
5606 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5607 @cindex Specifying archive members
5608
5609 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5610 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5611 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5612 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5613
5614 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5615 the command line, as follows:
5616 @smallexample
5617 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5618 @end smallexample
5619
5620 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5621 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5622 option.
5623
5624 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5625 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5626
5627 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5628 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5629 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5630 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5631 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5632 @command{tar} does nothing.
5633
5634 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5635 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5636 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5637 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5638 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5639
5640 @node files
5641 @section Reading Names from a File
5642
5643 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5644 @cindex Lists of file names
5645 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5646 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5647 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5648 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5649 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5650 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5651 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5652 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5653
5654 @table @option
5655 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5656 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5657 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5658 @end table
5659
5660 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5661 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5662 names are read from standard input.
5663
5664 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5665 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5666 command.
5667
5668 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5669
5670 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5671
5672 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5673 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5674 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5675 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5676 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5677 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5678 more information.)
5679
5680 @smallexample
5681 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5682 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5683 @end smallexample
5684
5685 @noindent
5686 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5687 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5688 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5689 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5690 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5691 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5692 specifying @option{-C} option:
5693
5694 @smallexample
5695 @group
5696 $ @kbd{cat list}
5697 -C/etc
5698 passwd
5699 hosts
5700 -C/lib
5701 libc.a
5702 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5703 @end group
5704 @end smallexample
5705
5706 @noindent
5707 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5708 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5709 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5710 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5711 contain:
5712
5713 @smallexample
5714 @group
5715 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5716 passwd
5717 hosts
5718 libc.a
5719 @end group
5720 @end smallexample
5721
5722 @noindent
5723 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5724 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5725 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5726
5727 @itemize @bullet
5728 @item
5729 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5730 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5731 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5732
5733 @item
5734 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5735 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5736 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5737
5738 @item
5739 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5740 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5741
5742 @smallexample
5743 @group
5744 --directory
5745 dir
5746 @end group
5747 @end smallexample
5748
5749 @noindent
5750 and
5751
5752 @smallexample
5753 @group
5754 -C
5755 dir
5756 @end group
5757 @end smallexample
5758 @end itemize
5759
5760 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5761 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5762 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5763 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5764
5765 @menu
5766 * nul::
5767 @end menu
5768
5769 @node nul
5770 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5771
5772 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5773 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5774 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5775 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5776 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5777
5778 @table @option
5779 @item --null
5780 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5781 terminate in a newline.
5782 @end table
5783
5784 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5785 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5786 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5787 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5788 file names that begin with dash.
5789
5790 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5791 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5792 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5793 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5794 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5795 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5796 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5797 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5798 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5799
5800 @smallexample
5801 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5802 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5803 @end smallexample
5804
5805 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5806
5807 @node exclude
5808 @section Excluding Some Files
5809 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5810 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5811 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5812 @UNREVISED
5813
5814 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5815 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5816
5817 @table @option
5818 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5819 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5820 @end table
5821
5822 @findex exclude
5823 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5824 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5825 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5826 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5827 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5828
5829 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5830
5831 @table @option
5832 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5833 @itemx -X @var{file}
5834 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5835 @var{file}.
5836 @end table
5837
5838 @findex exclude-from
5839 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5840 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5841 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5842 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5843 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5844 added to the archive.
5845
5846 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5847 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5848
5849 @table @option
5850 @item --exclude-caches
5851 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5852 @end table
5853
5854 @findex exclude-caches
5855 When creating an archive,
5856 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5857 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5858 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5859 A cache directory tag is a short file
5860 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5861 and having a standard header
5862 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5863 Various applications write cache directory tags
5864 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5865 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5866
5867 @menu
5868 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5869 * problems with exclude::
5870 @end menu
5871
5872 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5873 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5874
5875 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5876 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5877 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5878 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5879
5880 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5881 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5882 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5883 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5884
5885 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5886 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5887
5888 @smallexample
5889 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5890 @end smallexample
5891
5892 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5893 @samp{readme}.
5894
5895 @table @option
5896 @item --anchored
5897 @itemx --no-anchored
5898 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5899 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5900 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5901
5902 @item --ignore-case
5903 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5904 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5905 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5906
5907 @item --wildcards
5908 @itemx --no-wildcards
5909 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5910 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5911 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5912 names literally.
5913
5914 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5915 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5916 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5917 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5918 matched only by @samp{/}.
5919
5920 @end table
5921
5922 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5923 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5924 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5925 the name's parent directories.
5926
5927 @node problems with exclude
5928 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5929
5930 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5931 pitfalls:
5932
5933 @itemize @bullet
5934 @item
5935 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5936 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5937 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5938 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5939 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5940 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5941
5942 @item
5943 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5944 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5945 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5946 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5947 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5948 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5949
5950 @item
5951 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5952 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5953 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5954 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5955 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5956 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5957
5958 For example, write:
5959
5960 @smallexample
5961 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5962 @end smallexample
5963
5964 @noindent
5965 rather than:
5966
5967 @smallexample
5968 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5969 @end smallexample
5970
5971 @item
5972 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5973 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5974 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5975 might fail.
5976
5977 @item
5978 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5979 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5980 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5981 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5982 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5983 patterns listed in a file.
5984
5985 @end itemize
5986
5987 @node Wildcards
5988 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5989
5990 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5991 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5992 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5993 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5994 of actual files in the file system. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5995 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5996 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5997
5998 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5999
6000 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6001 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6002 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6003 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6004 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6005 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6006 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6007 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6008 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6009
6010 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6011 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6012 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6013 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6014 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6015 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6016 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6017 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6018 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6019 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6020
6021 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6022 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6023 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6024 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6025 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6026 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6027
6028 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6029 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6030 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6031 @var{e}, inclusive.
6032
6033 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6034 who don't have dan around.}
6035
6036 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6037 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6038 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6039 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6040
6041 @node after
6042 @section Operating Only on New Files
6043 @cindex Excluding file by age
6044 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
6045 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6046 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6047 @UNREVISED
6048
6049 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6050 whose data modification or status change times are newer than the @var{date}
6051 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6052 be a file name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6053 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6054 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6055 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6056 than the @var{date} you specify.
6057
6058 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6059 modification of the file's data (rather than status
6060 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6061
6062 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6063 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6064 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6065 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6066
6067 @table @option
6068 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6069 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6070 @itemx -N @var{date}
6071 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6072
6073 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
6074 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6075
6076 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6077 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6078
6079 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6080 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
6081 @end table
6082
6083 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
6084 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
6085 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
6086 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6087 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6088 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6089
6090 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the data
6091 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
6092 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
6093 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
6094 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
6095 field.
6096
6097 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6098 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6099 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6100 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6101 contents of the file were looked at).
6102
6103 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6104 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6105 arguments.
6106
6107 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6108
6109 @quotation
6110 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6111 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6112 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6113 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6114 @end quotation
6115
6116 @noindent
6117 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6118
6119 @node recurse
6120 @section Descending into Directories
6121 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6122 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6123 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6124 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6125 @UNREVISED
6126
6127 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6128
6129 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6130
6131 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6132 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6133 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6134 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6135
6136 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6137 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6138 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6139 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6140 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6141 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6142 @command{tar}, or look.
6143
6144 @table @option
6145 @item --no-recursion
6146 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6147
6148 @item --recursion
6149 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6150 This is the default.
6151 @end table
6152
6153 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6154 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6155 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6156 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6157 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6158 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6159 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6160 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6161 located via @command{find}.
6162
6163 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6164 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6165 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6166 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6167 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6168 no new files on its own.
6169
6170 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6171 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6172 the files under those directories.
6173
6174 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6175 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6176
6177 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6178 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6179 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6180
6181 @smallexample
6182 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6183 @end smallexample
6184
6185 @noindent
6186 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6187 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6188 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6189
6190 @node one
6191 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
6192 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6193 @UNREVISED
6194
6195 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6196 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6197 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6198 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6199 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6200 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6201 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6202
6203 @table @option
6204 @item --one-file-system
6205 @itemx -l
6206 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6207 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6208 @end table
6209
6210 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6211 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6212 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
6213 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6214 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6215 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6216
6217 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6218 but nothing under it.
6219
6220 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6221 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6222 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6223 standard error.
6224
6225 @menu
6226 * directory:: Changing Directory
6227 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6228 @end menu
6229
6230 @node directory
6231 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6232
6233 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6234 things around some.}
6235
6236 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6237 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6238 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6239 @UNREVISED
6240
6241 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6242 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6243 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6244 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6245 the list.
6246
6247 @table @option
6248 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6249 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6250 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6251 @end table
6252
6253 For example,
6254
6255 @smallexample
6256 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6257 @end smallexample
6258
6259 @noindent
6260 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6261 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6262 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6263 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6264 store in the same archive.
6265
6266 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6267 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6268 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6269 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6270 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6271
6272 Contrast this with the command,
6273
6274 @smallexample
6275 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6276 @end smallexample
6277
6278 @noindent
6279 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6280 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6281 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6282 named @file{orange-colored}.
6283
6284 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6285 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6286 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6287 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6288 @file{foo.tar}:
6289
6290 @smallexample
6291 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6292 @end smallexample
6293
6294 @noindent
6295 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6296 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6297 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6298 directories where those files were located.
6299
6300 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6301 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6302 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6303 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6304 @option{--directory} option.
6305
6306 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6307 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6308 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6309 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6310 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6311 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6312 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6313
6314 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6315
6316 @smallexample
6317 @group
6318 -C
6319 /etc
6320 passwd
6321 hosts
6322 -C
6323 /lib
6324 libc.a
6325 @end group
6326 @end smallexample
6327
6328 @noindent
6329 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6330
6331 @smallexample
6332 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6333 @end smallexample
6334
6335 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6336 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6337
6338 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6339 @value{op-null} option.
6340
6341 @node absolute
6342 @subsection Absolute File Names
6343 @UNREVISED
6344
6345 @table @option
6346 @item -P
6347 @itemx --absolute-names
6348 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6349 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6350 @end table
6351
6352 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6353 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6354 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6355
6356 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6357 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6358 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6359 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6360 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6361 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6362 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6363 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6364
6365 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6366 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6367 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6368
6369 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6370 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6371 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6372 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6373 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6374 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6375 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6376 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6377 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6378 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6379 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6380 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6381 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6382
6383 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6384 none of these transformations.
6385
6386 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6387 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6388
6389 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6390 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6391 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6392
6393 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6394 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6395 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6396 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6397 more convenient than switching to root.
6398
6399 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6400 to transfer files between systems.}
6401
6402 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6403
6404 @table @option
6405 @item --absolute-names
6406 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6407 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6408
6409 @end table
6410
6411 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6412
6413 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6414 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6415 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6416 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6417
6418 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6419 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6420 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6421
6422 @smallexample
6423 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6424 @end smallexample
6425
6426 @noindent
6427 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6428 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6429 For example:
6430
6431 @smallexample
6432 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6433 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6434 @end smallexample
6435
6436 @include getdate.texi
6437
6438 @node Formats
6439 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6440
6441 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6442 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6443 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6444
6445 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6446 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6447
6448 @table @asis
6449 @item gnu
6450 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6451 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6452 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6453 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6454 formats.
6455
6456 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6457 length.
6458
6459 @item oldgnu
6460 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6461
6462 @item v7
6463 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6464 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6465 are:
6466
6467 @enumerate
6468 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6469 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6470 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6471 devices, fifos etc.)
6472 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6473 octal)
6474 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6475 and group name of the file owner).
6476 @end enumerate
6477
6478 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6479 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6480 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6481 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6482 Automake prior to 1.9.
6483
6484 @item ustar
6485 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6486 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6487 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6488
6489 @enumerate
6490 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6491 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6492 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6493 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6494 characters.
6495 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6496 100 characters.
6497 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6498 is 8GB
6499 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6500 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6501 @end enumerate
6502
6503 @item star
6504 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6505 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6506 currently does not produce them.
6507
6508 @item posix
6509 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6510 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6511 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6512 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6513 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6514 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6515 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6516 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6517 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6518
6519 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6520 of @GNUTAR{}.
6521
6522 @end table
6523
6524 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6525 formats:
6526
6527 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6528 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6529 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6530 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6531 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6532 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6533 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6534 @end multitable
6535
6536 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6537 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6538 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6539 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6540 switch to @samp{posix}.
6541
6542 @menu
6543 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6544 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6545 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6546 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6547 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6548 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6549 @end menu
6550
6551 @node Portability
6552 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6553
6554 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6555 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6556 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6557 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6558 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6559 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6560 archives more portable.
6561
6562 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6563 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6564 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6565 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6566
6567 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
6568 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
6569
6570 @menu
6571 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6572 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6573 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6574 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6575 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6576 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6577 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6578 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6579 @end menu
6580
6581 @node Portable Names
6582 @subsection Portable Names
6583
6584 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6585 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6586 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6587 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6588 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6589 less.
6590
6591 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6592 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6593 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6594 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6595 than System V's.
6596
6597 @node dereference
6598 @subsection Symbolic Links
6599 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6600 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6601
6602 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6603 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6604 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
6605 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6606 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6607 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6608 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6609 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6610
6611 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6612 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6613 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6614 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6615 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6616 system.
6617
6618 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6619 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6620 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6621
6622 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6623 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6624 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6625 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6626
6627 @node old
6628 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6629 @cindex Format, old style
6630 @cindex Old style format
6631 @cindex Old style archives
6632
6633 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6634 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6635 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6636 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6637 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6638 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6639 option). When you specify it,
6640 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6641 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6642 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6643
6644 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6645 unless the archive was created using this option.
6646
6647 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6648 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6649 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6650 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6651 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6652
6653 @node ustar
6654 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6655
6656 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6657 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6658 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6659 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6660 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6661 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6662
6663 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6664 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6665
6666 @node gnu
6667 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6668
6669 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6670 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6671 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6672 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6673 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6674 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6675 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6676 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6677 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6678
6679 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6680 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6681 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6682
6683 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6684 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6685
6686 @node posix
6687 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6688
6689 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6690 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6691
6692 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6693 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6694
6695 @node Checksumming
6696 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6697
6698 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6699 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6700 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6701 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6702 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6703 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6704 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6705 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6706 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6707 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6708 vice versa.
6709
6710 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6711 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6712 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6713 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6714 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6715 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6716 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6717 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6718
6719 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6720 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6721 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6722 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6723 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6724 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6725 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6726 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6727 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6728 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6729 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6730
6731 @node Large or Negative Values
6732 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6733 @cindex large values
6734 @cindex future time stamps
6735 @cindex negative time stamps
6736
6737 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6738 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6739 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6740 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6741 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6742 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6743 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6744 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6745 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6746 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6747
6748 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6749 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6750
6751 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6752 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6753
6754 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6755 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6756 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6757 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6758 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6759 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6760
6761 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6762 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6763 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6764 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6765 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6766 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6767 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6768 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6769 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6770
6771 @node Compression
6772 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6773
6774 @menu
6775 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6776 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6777 @end menu
6778
6779 @node gzip
6780 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6781 @cindex Compressed archives
6782 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6783
6784 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6785 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6786 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6787 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6788 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6789 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6790 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6791
6792 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6793 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6794 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6795 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6796 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6797 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6798 For example:
6799
6800 @smallexample
6801 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6802 @end smallexample
6803
6804 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6805 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6806 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6807 archive created in previous example:
6808
6809 @smallexample
6810 # List the compressed archive
6811 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6812 # Extract the compressed archive
6813 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6814 @end smallexample
6815
6816 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6817 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6818 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6819 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6820
6821 @smallexample
6822 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6823 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6824 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6825 @end smallexample
6826
6827 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6828 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6829
6830 @smallexample
6831 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6832 @end smallexample
6833
6834 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6835 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6836 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6837 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6838 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6839 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6840 compressed.
6841
6842 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6843
6844 @table @option
6845 @item -z
6846 @itemx --gzip
6847 @itemx --ungzip
6848 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6849
6850 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6851 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6852 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6853 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6854 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6855 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6856
6857 @smallexample
6858 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6859 @end smallexample
6860
6861 @noindent
6862 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6863 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6864
6865 @smallexample
6866 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6867 @end smallexample
6868
6869 @cindex corrupted archives
6870 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6871 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6872 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6873 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6874 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6875 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6876
6877 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6878 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6879 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6880 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6881 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6882 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6883
6884 @item -j
6885 @itemx --bzip2
6886 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6887
6888 @item -Z
6889 @itemx --compress
6890 @itemx --uncompress
6891 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6892 @value{op-gzip}.
6893
6894 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6895 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6896 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6897 @command{compress}.
6898
6899 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6900 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6901 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6902 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6903
6904 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6905 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6906
6907 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6908 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
6909 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6910 @end table
6911
6912 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6913 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6914 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6915 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6916 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6917 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6918 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6919 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6920 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6921 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6922
6923 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6924 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6925 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6926 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6927 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6928
6929 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6930 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6931 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6932 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6933 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6934
6935 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6936 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6937 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6938 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6939 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6940
6941 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6942 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6943 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6944 end up with less space on the tape.}
6945
6946 @node sparse
6947 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6948 @cindex Sparse Files
6949 @UNREVISED
6950
6951 @table @option
6952 @item -S
6953 @itemx --sparse
6954 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6955 @end table
6956
6957 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6958 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6959 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6960 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6961 space needed to store such a file.
6962
6963 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6964 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6965 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6966 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6967
6968 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6969 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6970 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6971 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6972 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6973 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6974 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6975 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6976 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6977 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6978 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6979 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6980 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6981 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6982 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6983 more space than the original.
6984
6985 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6986 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6987 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6988 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6989 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6990 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6991 about creating archives.
6992
6993 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6994 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6995 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6996
6997 @quotation
6998 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6999 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7000 sparsely in the system.
7001
7002 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7003 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7004 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7005 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7006 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7007 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7008 @end quotation
7009
7010 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7011
7012 @table @option
7013 @item --sparse
7014 @itemx -S
7015 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7016 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7017 @end table
7018
7019 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7020 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7021 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7022 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7023 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7024 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7025 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7026 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7027 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7028 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7029
7030 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7031 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7032 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7033 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7034 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7035 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7036 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7037
7038 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7039 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7040 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7041 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7042 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7043 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7044 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7045 1990-12-10:
7046
7047 @quotation
7048 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7049 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7050 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7051 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7052 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7053 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7054
7055 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7056 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7057 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7058 get it right.
7059 @end quotation
7060
7061 @node Attributes
7062 @section Handling File Attributes
7063 @UNREVISED
7064
7065 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
7066 avoid this, use the @value{op-atime-preserve} option, which can either
7067 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
7068 place.
7069
7070 Handling of file attributes
7071
7072 @table @option
7073 @item --atime-preserve
7074 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
7075 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
7076 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
7077 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
7078
7079 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} works on most systems, but it also
7080 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
7081 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
7082 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
7083 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
7084 running.
7085
7086 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing the access time in
7087 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
7088 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
7089 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
7090 complains right away.
7091
7092 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
7093 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this is intended to change to
7094 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} when the latter is better-supported.
7095
7096 @item -m
7097 @itemx --touch
7098 Do not extract data modification time.
7099
7100 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
7101 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
7102 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
7103
7104 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7105
7106 @item --same-owner
7107 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7108 archive.
7109
7110 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7111 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7112 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7113 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7114 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7115 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7116 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7117
7118 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7119 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7120 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7121 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7122 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7123 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7124 stored in the archive instead.
7125
7126 @item --no-same-owner
7127 @itemx -o
7128 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7129 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7130 only for the superuser.
7131
7132 @item --numeric-owner
7133 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7134 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7135 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7136 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7137 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7138
7139 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7140 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7141 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7142 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7143 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7144 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7145 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7146 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7147
7148 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7149 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7150 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7151 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7152 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7153 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7154
7155 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7156 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7157 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7158 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7159 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7160 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7161 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7162 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7163 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7164 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7165 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7166 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7167 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7168 gives you a great deal of control already.
7169
7170 @item -p
7171 @itemx --same-permissions
7172 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7173 Extract all protection information.
7174
7175 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7176 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7177 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7178 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7179 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7180
7181
7182 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7183
7184 @item --preserve
7185 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7186
7187 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7188 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7189
7190 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7191
7192 @end table
7193
7194 @node Standard
7195 @section Basic Tar Format
7196 @UNREVISED
7197
7198 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7199 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7200 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7201 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7202 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7203 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7204 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7205
7206 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7207 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7208 bytes. A file
7209 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7210 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7211 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7212 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7213 information about file types.
7214
7215 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7216 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7217 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7218 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7219 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7220 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7221
7222 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7223 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7224 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7225
7226 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7227 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7228 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7229
7230 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7231 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7232 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7233 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7234 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7235 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7236 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7237
7238 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7239 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7240 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7241 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7242 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7243 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7244 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7245 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7246 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7247 records after a zero block.
7248
7249 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7250 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7251
7252 @smallexample
7253 @include header.texi
7254 @end smallexample
7255
7256 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7257 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7258 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7259 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7260 contiguously.
7261
7262 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7263 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7264 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7265 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7266 of file contents is performed.
7267
7268 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7269 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7270 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7271 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7272
7273 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7274 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7275
7276 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7277
7278 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7279 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7280 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7281 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7282 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7283 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7284 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7285 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7286 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7287 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7288
7289 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7290 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7291 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7292
7293 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7294 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7295 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7296
7297 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
7298 the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
7299 value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
7300 as an integer number of
7301 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7302
7303 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7304 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7305 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7306 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7307 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7308 if it were all blanks.
7309
7310 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7311 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7312 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7313 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7314
7315 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7316 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
7317 status change times.
7318
7319 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7320 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7321 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7322 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7323 continued at.
7324
7325 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7326 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7327 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7328 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7329 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7330 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7331 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7332 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7333 differently from non-sparse files.
7334
7335 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7336 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7337 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7338 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7339 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7340 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7341 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7342 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7343 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7344 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7345 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7346 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7347 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7348 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7349 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7350 used to handle a sparse file:
7351
7352 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7353 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7354 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7355 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7356 array element.
7357
7358 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7359 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7360
7361 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7362 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7363 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7364 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7365 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7366 an extended_header is needed.
7367
7368 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7369 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7370 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7371 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7372
7373 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7374 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7375 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7376 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7377
7378 @table @asis
7379
7380 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7381 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7382 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7383 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7384 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7385 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7386 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7387 ends with a slash as a directory.
7388
7389 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7390 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7391 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7392 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7393 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7394
7395 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7396 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7397 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7398
7399 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7400 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7401 These represent character special files and block special files
7402 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7403 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7404 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7405 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7406
7407 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7408 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7409 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7410 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7411 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7412 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7413 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7414 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7415 @code{size} field.
7416
7417 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7418 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7419 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7420
7421 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7422 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7423 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7424 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7425 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7426 type as a normal file.
7427
7428 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7429 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7430 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7431
7432 @end table
7433
7434 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7435 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7436
7437 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7438 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7439 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7440 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7441 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7442 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7443
7444 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7445 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7446 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7447 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7448
7449 @node Extensions
7450 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7451 @UNREVISED
7452
7453 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7454 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7455
7456 @table @code
7457 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7458 @itemx 'D'
7459 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7460 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7461 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7462 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7463 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7464 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7465 last file name.
7466
7467 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7468 @itemx 'M'
7469 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7470 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7471 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7472 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7473 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7474 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7475 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7476 the original size of the file.
7477
7478 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7479 @itemx 'S'
7480 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7481 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7482 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7483 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7484
7485 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7486 @itemx 'V'
7487 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7488 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7489 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7490 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7491 of an archive should have this type.
7492
7493 @end table
7494
7495 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7496 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7497 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7498 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7499 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7500 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7501 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7502 checksum error.
7503
7504 @node cpio
7505 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7506 @UNREVISED
7507
7508 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7509
7510 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7511 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7512 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7513 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7514 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7515 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7516
7517 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7518 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7519 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7520 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7521 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7522 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7523 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7524 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7525
7526 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7527 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7528 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7529 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7530
7531 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7532
7533 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7534 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7535 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7536
7537 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7538 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7539 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7540 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7541 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7542 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7543 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7544 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7545 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7546 make hard links between them.
7547
7548 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7549 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7550 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7551 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7552 of the names.
7553
7554 @quotation
7555 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7556 @end quotation
7557
7558 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7559 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7560 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7561
7562 @quotation
7563 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7564 at the unix scene,
7565 @end quotation
7566
7567 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7568 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7569 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7570 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7571 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7572
7573 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7574 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7575 rest of the files.
7576
7577 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7578
7579 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7580 to start on a record boundary.
7581
7582 @quotation
7583 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7584 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7585 crashed archives at all.)
7586 @end quotation
7587
7588 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7589 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7590 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7591 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7592 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7593 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7594 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7595 archive.
7596
7597 @quotation
7598 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7599 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7600 @end quotation
7601
7602 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7603 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7604 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7605 special files.
7606
7607 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7608 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7609 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7610 backwards compatibility.
7611
7612 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7613 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7614 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7615
7616 @node Media
7617 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7618 @UNREVISED
7619
7620 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7621 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7622
7623 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7624 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7625 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7626 such manipulation easier.
7627
7628 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7629 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7630
7631 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7632 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7633 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7634 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7635
7636 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7637 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7638 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7639 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7640 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7641 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7642
7643 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7644 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7645 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7646 not a good idea.
7647
7648 @menu
7649 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7650 * Remote Tape Server::
7651 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7652 * Blocking:: Blocking
7653 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7654 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7655 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7656 * verify::
7657 * Write Protection::
7658 @end menu
7659
7660 @node Device
7661 @section Device Selection and Switching
7662 @UNREVISED
7663
7664 @table @option
7665 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7666 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7667 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7668 @end table
7669
7670 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7671 works on.
7672
7673 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7674 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7675 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7676 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7677 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7678
7679 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7680 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7681 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7682 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7683 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7684 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7685 @command{rsh}.
7686 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7687 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7688 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7689 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7690 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7691 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7692 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7693 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7694 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7695 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7696
7697 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7698 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7699 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7700 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7701 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7702
7703 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7704 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7705 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7706 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7707 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7708 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7709 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7710 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7711 cartridges or diskettes.
7712
7713 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7714 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7715 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7716 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7717 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7718 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7719 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7720 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7721 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7722 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7723 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7724 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7725
7726 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7727 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7728 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7729 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7730 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7731
7732 @table @option
7733 @item --force-local
7734 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7735
7736 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7737 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7738 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7739 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7740
7741 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7742 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7743 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7744 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7745 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7746 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7747
7748 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7749 Specify drive and density.
7750
7751 @item -M
7752 @itemx --multi-volume
7753 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7754
7755 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7756 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7757 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7758
7759 @item -L @var{num}
7760 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7761 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7762
7763 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7764 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7765 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7766
7767 @item -F @var{file}
7768 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7769 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7770 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7771 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7772 @end table
7773
7774 @node Remote Tape Server
7775 @section The Remote Tape Server
7776
7777 @cindex remote tape drive
7778 @pindex rmt
7779 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7780 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7781 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7782 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7783 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7784 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7785 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7786
7787 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7788 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7789 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7790 installed by default.
7791
7792 @cindex absolute file names
7793 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7794 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7795 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7796 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7797 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7798 message telling you what it is doing.
7799
7800 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7801 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7802 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7803 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7804 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7805 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7806 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7807 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7808 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7809 backup tapes.
7810
7811 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7812 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7813 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7814 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7815 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7816 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7817 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7818
7819 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7820 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7821 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7822 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7823 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7824 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7825
7826 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7827 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7828 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7829 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7830 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7831 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7832
7833 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7834 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7835 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7836 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7837 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7838
7839 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7840 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7841
7842 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7843 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7844 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7845 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7846 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7847 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7848 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7849 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7850
7851 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7852 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7853
7854 @ifclear PUBLISH
7855
7856 @format
7857 errors from system:
7858 permission denied
7859 no such file or directory
7860 not owner
7861
7862 errors from @command{tar}:
7863 directory checksum error
7864 header format error
7865
7866 errors from media/system:
7867 i/o error
7868 device busy
7869 @end format
7870
7871 @end ifclear
7872
7873 @node Blocking
7874 @section Blocking
7875 @UNREVISED
7876
7877 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7878 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7879 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7880 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7881 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7882
7883 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7884 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7885
7886 @quotation
7887 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7888 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7889 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7890 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7891 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7892 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7893 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7894 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7895 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7896 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7897
7898 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7899 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7900 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7901 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7902 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7903 into the source code too.
7904 @end quotation
7905
7906 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7907 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7908 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7909 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7910 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7911 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7912 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7913 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7914 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7915 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7916 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7917 in @GNUTAR{}.
7918
7919 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7920 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7921 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7922 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7923 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7924 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7925 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7926 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7927 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7928 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7929 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7930 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7931 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7932 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7933 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7934
7935 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7936 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7937 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7938 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7939 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7940 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7941 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7942 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7943
7944 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7945 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7946 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7947 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7948 honor blocking.
7949
7950 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7951 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7952 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7953 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7954 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7955 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7956 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7957 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7958 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7959 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7960 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7961 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7962 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7963 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7964 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7965 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7966 correctly.
7967
7968 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7969 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7970 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7971 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7972 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7973
7974 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7975 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7976 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7977 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7978 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7979 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7980 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7981 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7982 around one megabyte.
7983
7984 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7985 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7986 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7987 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7988 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7989 device.
7990
7991 @menu
7992 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7993 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7994 @end menu
7995
7996 @node Format Variations
7997 @subsection Format Variations
7998 @cindex Format Parameters
7999 @cindex Format Options
8000 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8001 @cindex Options, format specifying
8002 @UNREVISED
8003
8004 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8005 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8006 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8007 store the archive.
8008
8009 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8010 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8011 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8012 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8013 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8014 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8015 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8016 examples of format parameter considerations.
8017
8018 @node Blocking Factor
8019 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8020 @cindex Blocking Factor
8021 @cindex Record Size
8022 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8023 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8024 @cindex Bytes per record
8025 @cindex Blocks per record
8026 @UNREVISED
8027
8028 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8029 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8030 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8031 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8032 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8033 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8034 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8035 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8036 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8037
8038 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8039 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8040 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8041 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8042 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8043 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8044 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8045 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8046 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8047 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8048 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8049 writing archives.
8050
8051 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8052
8053 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8054 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8055 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8056 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8057 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8058 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8059
8060 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8061 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8062 example, this has been reported:
8063
8064 @smallexample
8065 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8066 @end smallexample
8067
8068 @noindent
8069 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8070 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8071 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8072 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8073 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8074 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8075 for example, might resolve the problem.
8076
8077 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8078 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8079 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8080 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8081 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8082 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8083 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8084 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8085 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8086 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8087 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8088 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8089 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8090
8091 @table @option
8092 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8093 @itemx -b @var{number}
8094 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8095 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8096 @end table
8097
8098 Device blocking
8099
8100 @table @option
8101 @item -b @var{blocks}
8102 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8103 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8104
8105 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8106 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8107 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8108 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8109 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8110 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8111
8112 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8113 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8114 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8115 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8116
8117 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8118 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8119 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8120 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8121 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8122
8123 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8124 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8125 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8126 updating the archive.
8127
8128 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8129 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8130 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8131 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8132
8133 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8134 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8135 the amount of available virtual memory.
8136
8137 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8138 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8139 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8140 @itemize @bullet
8141 @item
8142 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8143 @item
8144 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8145 redirected nor piped,
8146 @item
8147 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8148 device,
8149 @item
8150 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8151 invocation.
8152 @end itemize
8153
8154 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8155 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8156 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8157 topic:
8158
8159 @itemize @bullet
8160
8161 @item
8162 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8163 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8164 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8165 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8166 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8167 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8168
8169 @item
8170 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8171 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8172 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8173 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8174 ignored.
8175
8176 @item
8177 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8178 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8179 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8180 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8181 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8182 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8183 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8184
8185 @item
8186 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8187 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8188 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8189 @end itemize
8190
8191 @item -i
8192 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8193 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8194
8195 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8196 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8197 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8198 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8199 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8200 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8201 the zeroed blocks.
8202
8203 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8204 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8205 are stored on a single physical tape.
8206
8207 @item -B
8208 @itemx --read-full-records
8209 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8210
8211 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8212 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8213 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8214 record.
8215
8216 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8217 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8218 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8219 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8220 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8221 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8222
8223 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8224
8225 @end table
8226
8227 Tape blocking
8228
8229 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8230
8231 @cindex blocking factor
8232 @cindex tape blocking
8233
8234 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8235 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8236 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8237 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8238 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8239 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8240 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8241 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8242 tape motion without loosing information.
8243
8244 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8245 @cindex DAT blocking
8246 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8247 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8248 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8249 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8250 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8251 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8252 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8253 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8254 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8255 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8256 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8257 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8258 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8259 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8260 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8261 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8262
8263 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8264 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8265 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8266 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8267
8268 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8269 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8270 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8271
8272 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8273 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8274 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8275
8276 @node Many
8277 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8278
8279 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8280
8281 @findex ntape @r{device}
8282 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8283 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8284 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8285 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8286 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8287 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8288 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8289 device.
8290
8291 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8292 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8293 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8294 means that a simple:
8295
8296 @smallexample
8297 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8298 @end smallexample
8299
8300 @noindent
8301 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8302 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8303 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8304 just been saved.
8305
8306 @cindex tape positioning
8307 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8308 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8309 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8310 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8311 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8312 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8313 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8314 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8315 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8316 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8317 recovered.
8318
8319 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8320 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8321
8322 @smallexample
8323 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8324 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8325 @end smallexample
8326
8327 @cindex tape marks
8328 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8329 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8330 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8331 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8332 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8333 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8334 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8335 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8336 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8337 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8338 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8339
8340 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8341 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8342
8343 @smallexample
8344 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8345 @end smallexample
8346
8347 @noindent
8348 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8349
8350 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8351 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8352 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8353 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8354 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8355 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8356 these commands:
8357
8358 @smallexample
8359 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8360 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8361 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8362 @end smallexample
8363
8364 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8365 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8366
8367 @menu
8368 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8369 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8370 @end menu
8371
8372 @node Tape Positioning
8373 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8374 @UNREVISED
8375
8376 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8377 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8378 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8379 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8380 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8381 two at the end of all the file entries.
8382
8383 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8384 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8385
8386 @smallexample
8387 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8388 @end smallexample
8389
8390 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8391 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8392 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8393 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8394 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8395 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8396 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8397 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8398 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8399 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8400 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8401 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8402
8403 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8404 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8405 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8406 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8407 following:
8408
8409 @smallexample
8410 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8411 @end smallexample
8412
8413 @node mt
8414 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8415 @UNREVISED
8416
8417 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8418 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8419 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8420
8421 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8422 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8423 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8424 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8425 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8426 together"?}
8427
8428 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8429
8430 @smallexample
8431 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8432 @end smallexample
8433
8434 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8435 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8436 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8437
8438 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8439
8440 @table @option
8441 @item eof
8442 @itemx weof
8443 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8444
8445 @item fsf
8446 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8447
8448 @item bsf
8449 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8450
8451 @item rewind
8452 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8453
8454 @item offline
8455 @itemx rewoff1
8456 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8457
8458 @item status
8459 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8460
8461 @end table
8462
8463 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8464
8465 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8466 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8467 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8468
8469 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8470 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8471 failed.
8472
8473 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8474 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8475 @UNREVISED
8476
8477 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8478 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8479 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8480 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire file systems.
8481 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8482
8483 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8484 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8485 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8486 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8487 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8488 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8489 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8490 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8491 file.)
8492
8493 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8494 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8495 process them properly.
8496
8497 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8498 responses:
8499
8500 @table @kbd
8501 @item ?
8502 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8503 @item q
8504 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8505 @item n @var{file name}
8506 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8507 @item !
8508 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8509 @item y
8510 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8511 @end table
8512
8513 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8514 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8515
8516 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8517 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8518 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8519 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8520 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8521 of the
8522 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8523 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8524
8525 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8526 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8527 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8528 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8529 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8530 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8531 never required for real, as far as we know.
8532
8533 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8534 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8535 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8536 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8537 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8538 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8539 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8540 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8541 the prompt.)
8542
8543 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8544 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8545 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8546 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8547 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8548 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8549 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8550 script).
8551
8552 Multi-volume archives
8553
8554 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8555 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8556 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8557 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8558
8559 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8560 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8561 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8562 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8563 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8564 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8565 the file begins.
8566
8567 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8568 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8569 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8570 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8571
8572 @smallexample
8573 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8574 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8575 @end smallexample
8576
8577 @menu
8578 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8579 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8580 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8581
8582 @end menu
8583
8584 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8585 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8586 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8587 @UNREVISED
8588
8589 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8590 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8591 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8592 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8593 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8594 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8595
8596 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8597 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8598 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8599 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8600 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8601 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8602
8603 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8604 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8605 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8606 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8607 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8608 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8609
8610 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8611 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8612 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8613 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8614 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8615 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8616 information about extracting archives.
8617
8618 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8619 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8620 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8621 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8622 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8623 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8624 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8625
8626 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8627 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8628 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8629 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8630
8631 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8632 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8633 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8634 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8635 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8636
8637 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8638 @FIXME{example}
8639
8640 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8641 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8642
8643 @table @option
8644 @item --multi-volume
8645 @itemx -M
8646 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8647 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8648 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8649 operation.
8650
8651 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8652 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8653 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8654 @value{op-create}.
8655 @end table
8656
8657 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8658 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8659 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8660 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8661 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8662 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8663 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8664 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8665 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8666 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8667 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8668 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8669
8670 @node Tape Files
8671 @subsection Tape Files
8672 @UNREVISED
8673
8674 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8675 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8676 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8677 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8678 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8679 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8680 volume label will have
8681 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8682 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8683 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8684 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8685
8686 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8687 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8688 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8689 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8690 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8691 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8692 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8693
8694 People seem to often do:
8695
8696 @smallexample
8697 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8698 @end smallexample
8699
8700 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8701
8702 @node Tarcat
8703 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8704
8705 @pindex tarcat
8706 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
8707 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
8708 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
8709 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
8710 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
8711
8712 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
8713 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
8714
8715 @smallexample
8716 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
8717 @end smallexample
8718
8719 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
8720 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
8721 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
8722 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
8723 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
8724 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
8725
8726 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
8727
8728 @node label
8729 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8730 @cindex Labeling an archive
8731 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8732 @UNREVISED
8733
8734 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8735 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8736 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8737 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8738 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8739 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8740 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8741
8742 @table @option
8743 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8744 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8745 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8746 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8747 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8748 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8749 operation.
8750 @end table
8751
8752 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8753 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8754 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8755 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8756 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8757 volume archives.}
8758
8759 @cindex Volume label, listing
8760 @cindex Listing volume label
8761 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8762 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8763 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8764
8765 @smallexample
8766 @group
8767 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8768 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8769 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8770 @end group
8771 @end smallexample
8772
8773 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8774 @anchor{--test-label option}
8775 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8776 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8777 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8778 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8779 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8780 devices. For example:
8781
8782 @smallexample
8783 @group
8784 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8785 iamalabel
8786 @end group
8787 @end smallexample
8788
8789 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8790 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8791 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8792 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8793
8794 @smallexample
8795 @group
8796 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8797 @result{} 0
8798 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8799 @result{} 1
8800 @end group
8801 @end smallexample
8802
8803 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8804 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8805 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8806 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8807 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8808 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8809 you will get:
8810
8811 @smallexample
8812 @group
8813 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8814 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8815 @end group
8816 @end smallexample
8817
8818 @noindent
8819 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
8820 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
8821
8822 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
8823 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8824 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
8825 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
8826 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
8827 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
8828 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
8829 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
8830 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
8831 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
8832 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
8833 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
8834 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
8835 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
8836 of it when the archive is being read.
8837
8838 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8839 under that name anymore.
8840
8841 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
8842 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
8843 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8844 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8845
8846 @smallexample
8847 @group
8848 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8849 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8850 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8851 @end group
8852 @end smallexample
8853
8854 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8855 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8856 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8857 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8858 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8859 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8860 is usually not the case.
8861
8862 @node verify
8863 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8864 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8865 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8866
8867 @table @option
8868 @item -W
8869 @itemx --verify
8870 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8871 @end table
8872
8873 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8874 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8875 are recorded on the standard error output.
8876
8877 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8878 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8879 cannot be verified.
8880
8881 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8882 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8883 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8884 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8885 it is up to date.
8886
8887 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8888 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8889 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8890 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8891 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8892
8893 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8894 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8895 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8896 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8897
8898 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8899 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8900 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8901
8902 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8903 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8904 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8905 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8906 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8907 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8908 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8909 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8910 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8911 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8912 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8913 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8914
8915 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8916 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8917 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8918 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8919 as long as programming is concerned.
8920
8921 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8922 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8923 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8924 for more information on these operations.
8925
8926 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8927 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8928 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8929 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8930 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8931
8932 @node Write Protection
8933 @section Write Protection
8934
8935 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8936 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8937 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8938 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8939 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8940 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8941
8942 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8943 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8944 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8945 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8946 changeable feature.
8947
8948 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8949 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8950 @include freemanuals.texi
8951
8952 @node Genfile
8953 @appendix Genfile
8954 @include genfile.texi
8955
8956 @node Snapshot Files
8957 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
8958 @include snapshot.texi
8959
8960 @node Copying This Manual
8961 @appendix Copying This Manual
8962
8963 @menu
8964 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8965 @end menu
8966
8967 @include fdl.texi
8968
8969 @node Index
8970 @appendix Index
8971
8972 @printindex cp
8973
8974 @summarycontents
8975 @contents
8976 @bye
8977
8978 @c Local variables:
8979 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8980 @c End:
This page took 0.430076 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.